GE LOGIQ 5 PRO Service Manual

GE Medical Systems
Technical
Publication
Direction 2380207
Revision 7
GE Medical Systems
LOGIQ™5 PRO Service Manual
Operating Documentation
Copyright© 2006 by General Electric Co.
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2407381, REVISION 7
Page 1-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
GE Medical Systems:
Telex 3797371
P.O. Box 414; Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, U.S.A.
(Asia, Pacific, Latin America, North America)
GE Ultraschall:Tel: +49 (0) 212 28 02 207
Deutschland GmbH & Co KG
Beethovenstrabe 239, Postfach 11 05 60
D-42655 Solingen, Germany
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Important Precautions
WARNING
AVERTISSEMENT
WARNUNG
• THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.
• IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN
ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE
TRANSLATION SERVICES.
• DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
• FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL
OR OTHER HAZARDS.
• CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.
• SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
• NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES é QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS é Té CONSULTé ET COMPRIS.
• LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAîNER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, L’OPé RATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES à DES
DANGERS é LECTRIQUES, Mé CANIQUES OU AUTRES.
• DIESES KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER
SPRACHE.
• FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENö TIGT, IST
ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN Fü R EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG ZU
SORGEN.
• VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERä T ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
• WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLä GE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
ii-i
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
AVISO
ATENÇÃO
AVVERTENZA
ii-ii
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
• ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO Só LO EXISTE EN INGLé S.
• SI ALGú N PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLé S, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIó N.
• NO SE DEBERá DAR SERVICIO Té CNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER
CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
• LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELé CTRICAS, MECá NICAS O DE OTRA
NATURALEZA.
• ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTê NCIA Té CNICA Só SE ENCONTRA DISPONíVEL EM
INGLê S.
• SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIç O DE ASSISTê NCIA Té CNICA, QUE Nã O A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, é DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIç OS DE TRADUç ã O.
• Nã O TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTê NCIA Té CNICA.
• O Nã O CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANç A
DO Té CNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELé TRICOS,
MECâ NICOS OU OUTROS.
• IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE è DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN
INGLESE.
• SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE è TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
• SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO
AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL
CONTENUTO.
• NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE, ALL’UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE
ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ii-iii
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write “Damage In
Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or “signed for” by
a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be
reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the
contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim
for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY
All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the
equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of
electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Medical Systems
personnel. In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS
If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the
GE Medical Systems Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type,
manual title, part number, revision number, page number and suggestion details. Mail the information
to : Service Documentation, 9900 Innovation Drive (RP-2123), Wauwatosa, WI 53226, USA.
GE Medical Systems employees should use the iTrak System to report all documentation errors or
omissions.
ii-iv
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
LEGAL NOTES
The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without
prior written permission of GE Medical Systems.
GE Medical Systems may revise this publication from time to time without written notice.
TRADEMARKS
All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.
COPYRIGHTS
All Material Copyright© 2006 by General Electric Inc. All Rights Reserved
-
A-A-v
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Revision History
Revision
Date
Reason for change
0
2003.5.18
Initial Release - software version R2.0.1
1
2004.3.27
R2.1.2 Software Release
2
2004.5.19
Updated Spare Parts Information on Chapter 9
3
2004.10.20
LOGIQ 5 BT’04 software release
4
2005.5.14
LOGIQ 5 BT’05 software release
5
2006.11.10
LOGIQ 5 BT’05 M4 software release
6
2007. 3. 30
Updated Spare Parts Information on Chapter 9 & Content update
7
2008. 9. 12
Insert the Function check Procedure
List of Effected Pages
Pages
Revision
Pages
Revision
Pages
Revision
Title Page
7
1-1 to 1-14
7
Back Cover
N/A
Warnings
i to iv
7
2-1 to 2-10
7
Rev Hist/LOEP
A-v to A-vi
7
3-1 to 3-28
7
Table of Contents
i to viii
7
4-1 to 4-26
7
5-1 to 5-44
7
6-1 to 6-14
7
7-1 to 7-44
7
8-1 to 8-118
7
9-1 to 9-20
7
10-1 to 10-32
7
A-A-vi
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Purpose of Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
LOGIQ™ 5 Models Covered by this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Purpose of Operator Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Important Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
Conventions Used in Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
Product Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Human Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Mechanical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 12
Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 13
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 13
CE Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 13
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 14
System Manufacture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 14
Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 14
CHAPTER 2
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 1
Purpose of chapter 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 1
General Console Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 2
Console Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 2
1-vii
Table of Contents
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 3
EMI Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 4
Scan Probe Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 5
Facility Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 6
Purchaser Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 6
Required Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 7
Desirable Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 7
Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 8
CHAPTER 3
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Installation Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Average Installation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Installation Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Moving into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Adjusting System Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Product Locator Installation Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Verify Customer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Physical Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
EMI Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Completing the Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 11
Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 11
Power Off/ Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 14
Transducer Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 14
System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 15
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 18
On-Board Optional Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 19
External I/O Connector Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
Video Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 23
Software/Option Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 23
Loading Base System Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 25
Before You Load Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 25
1-viii
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Managing Data, Presets and Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Save Connectivity Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible GE USB Control Panel Driver Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Possible Behavior of the First Power Up After Application Load . . . . . . . .
GE USB Control Panel Driver Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restore Patient, Report, and User-Defined Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Locator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 - 25
3 - 25
3 - 28
3 - 35
3 - 35
3 - 38
3 - 39
3 - 39
CHAPTER 4
................................................................
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
Purpose for Chapter 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
Required Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
General Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Off / Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System B/M-Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System CFM and PWD Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe/Connectors Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Cine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Image Management (QG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the CD-RW / MOD (Magneto-Optical Drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-8
4-9
4 - 10
4 - 11
4 - 12
4 - 13
4 - 14
Software Configuration Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 22
Operator I/O Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 24
Software Configuration Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 26
CHAPTER 5
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of Chapter 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
5-1
5-1
5-3
5-5
1-ix
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Backend Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 16
Patient I/O (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 18
External I/O (Rear Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 21
Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 22
Interconnect Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 23
Power Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
DC Power (Low Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 25
Air Flow Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Air Flow Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Service Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 38
Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 39
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 39
PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 40
CHAPTER 6
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 1
Purpose of this chapter 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 1
Regulatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 1
Power Supply Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 2
LV Unit Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 2
Adjustments Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 4
Reloading the Probe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 5
Monitor and LCD Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 8
Contrast and Brightness Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 8
LCD Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 9
1-x
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Network Connectivity Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collect Vital System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check and Record the P4 Key Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the P4 Key to Screen Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset the P4 Key to Customer’s Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-4
7-5
7-7
7-9
CHAPTER 8
Replacement Procedures
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose of Chapter 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
................................................................
SEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CRT Assy (FRU No. 100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor Cable Assy (FRU No. 101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor Cover Set (FRU No. 102) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor S/W Assy (FRU No. 103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speaker Assy (FRU No. 104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Task Lamp Assy (FRU No. 105) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboard Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KeyBoard Assy (FRU No. 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KeyBoard Front Grip (FRU No. 201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe Holder (FRU No. 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECG Cable Hook (FRU No. 203) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP Panel Encoder Assy (FRU No. 204) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP Panel TGC Assy (FRU No. 205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TGC Knob Set (FRU No. 206) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP Panel A/N Keyboard Assy (FRU No. 207) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP Panel Trackball Assy (FRU No. 208) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP Panel HUB board Assy (FRU No. 209) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OP Panel LCD Assy (FRU No. 210) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8-1
8-1
DISAS8-1
8-2
8-2
8-4
8-6
8-7
8-9
8 - 11
8 - 13
8 - 13
8 - 15
8 - 16
8 - 17
8 - 18
8 - 20
8 - 21
8 - 22
8 - 24
8 - 25
8 - 27
1-xi
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy (FRU No. 211) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 29
Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 31
Left Cover (FRU No. 300) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 31
Right Cover (FRU No. 301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 32
Rear Cover (FRU No. 302) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 33
Rear Door Cover (FRU No. 303) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 34
Top Cover (FRU No. 304) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 35
Front Base Cover (FRU No. 305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 37
Front Cover (FRU No. 306) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 39
OP Side L Cover (FRU No. 307) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 40
OP Side R Cover (FRU No. 308) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 42
OP Rear Cover (FRU No. 309) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 44
OP Bottom Cover (FRU No. 310) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 45
OP Curtain Cover (FRU No. 311) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 46
EMI Cover L (FRU No. 312) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 48
EMI Cover R (FRU No. 313) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 49
Side Cap (FRU No. 314) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 50
Side Fringe (FRU No. 315) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 51
Body Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Rear Handle (FRU No. 400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Rear Panel Assy (FRU No. 401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 54
Gas Spring Assy (FRU No. 402) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 56
Front Caster (FRU No. 403) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 58
Rear Caster (FRU No. 404) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 59
Bumper Set (FRU No. 405) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Air Filter Set (FRU No. 406) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 61
PCB Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 62
RLY Assy (FRU No. 500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 62
LMT Assy (FRU No. 501) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 64
BackPlane (FRU No. 502) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 66
PCB Boards (FRU No. 503, 505~510) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 68
DC Fan Assy(FRU No. 504) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 70
PC Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 71
BEP (Back End Processor) ASSY(FRU No. 600) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 71
SMPS Assy, Hard Disk, CD R/W (FRU No. 601, 602, 603) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 72
Power Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 73
AC Power Assy (FRU No. 700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 73
LV Unit (FRU No. 701) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 75
JPC Assy (FRU No. 702) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 77
Transformer (FRU No. 703) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 79
AC Power Box (FRU No. 704) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 81
Fuse Set (FRU No. 705) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 83
1-xii
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Load Software Load Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Manual Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Applications Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Image Management Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading Applications Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation an Optional USB Line Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 - 84
8 - 84
8 - 84
8 - 84
8 - 87
8 - 92
8 - 93
8 - 99
8 - 99
8 - 99
8 - 99
8 - 105
8 - 108
8 - 109
CHAPTER 9
Renewal Parts
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Renewal Parts Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2
Equipment Models Covered in this Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2
CHAPTER 10
Periodic Maintenance
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Purpose of Chapter 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Why do Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Keeping Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Quality Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Periodic Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
How often should PMs be performed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Special Tools, Supplies and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 4
-
1-xiii
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Preliminary Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 5
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 7
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 7
Physical Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 8
Probe Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 9
Using a Phantom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 10
Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 10
Safety Test Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 10
Grounding Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 12
Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 16
Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 17
Isolated Patient Lead (Sink) Leakage-Isolation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 18
1-xiv
-
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 1
Introduction
Section 1-1
Overview
1-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 1
This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO scanner. The
service provider must read and understand all the information presented in this manual before installing
or servicing a unit.
Table 1-1
Contents in Chapter 1
Section
1-1-2
Description
Page Number
1-1
Overview
1-1
1-2
Important Conventions
1-3
1-3
Safety Considerations
1-12
1-4
EMC, EMI, and ESD
1-18
1-5
Customer Assistance
1-19
Purpose of Service Manual
This Service Manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Ultrasound
Scanning System and contains the following chapters:
1.) Chapter 1 - Introduction: Contains a content summary and warnings.
2.) Chapter 2 - Pre-Installation: Contains pre-installation requirements for the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO.
3.) Chapter 3 - Installation: Contains installation procedures.
4.) Chapter 4 - Functional Checks: Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the
installation, or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance.
5.) Chapter 5 - Components and Functions (Theory): Contains block diagrams and functional
explanations of the electronics.
6.) Chapter 6 - Service Adjustments: Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments to
the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO.
7.) Chapter 7 - Diagnostics/Troubleshooting: Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related
routines for the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO.
8.) Chapter 8 - Replacement Procedures: Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly
procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units (FRU).
9.) Chapter 9 - Renewal Parts: Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts for the LOGIQ™ 5
PRO.
10.)Chapter 10 - Care & Maintenance: Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the LOGIQ™ 5
PRO.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-1-3
1-1-4
Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual
•
Service Personnel (installation, maintenance, etc.).
•
Hospital’s Service Personnel
•
Contractors (Some parts of Chapter 2 - Pre-Installation)
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Models Covered by this Manual
Table 1-2
1-1-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Model Designations
Part Number
Description
2381304
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Console for Japan
2381301
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Console for USA
2381302
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Console for Europe
2381303
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Console for Korea
Purpose of Operator Manual(s)
The Operator Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO and
also kept near the unit for quick reference.
1-2
Section 1-1 - Overview
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-2
Important Conventions
1-2-1
Conventions Used in Book
Icons
Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels and
conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter.
Safety Precaution Messages
Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service
information. The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary
message. Known or potential hazards are labeled in one of following ways:
DANGER
DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL
CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
WARNING
WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
CAUTION Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can cause minor personal injury
and property damage if instructions are ignored.
NOTICE Equipment Damage Possible
Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no
personal injury risk.
Example: Disk drive will crash.
NOTE:
Notes provide important information about an item or a procedure.
Information contained in a NOTE can often save you time or effort.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-2-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Standard Hazard Icons
Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained
within a triangle, as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several
different graphical icons (symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types
of hazards that could cause harm.
Table 1-3
Standard Hazard Icons
ELECTRICAL
MECHANICAL
RADIATION
LASER
HEAT
PINCH
LASER
LIGHT
Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed.
Table 1-4
Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure Be Used
AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY
TAG AND LOCK OUT
WEAR EYE PROTECTION
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
1-4
Date
Section 1-2 - Important Conventions
EYE
PROTECTION
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-2-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Product Icons
The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information
provided on the equipment.
Table 1-5
LABEL/SYMBOL
Product Icons
PURPOSE/MEANING
Manufacturer's name and address
Identification and Rating Plate
Date of manufacture
Model and serial numbers
Electrical ratings
Device Listing/Certification Labels
Type/Class Label
IP Code (IPX8)
Laboratory logo or labels denoting
conformance with industry safety standards
such as UL or IEC.
LOCATION
Rear of console near power inlet
Under monitor
On each probe
Rear of console
Under front of monitor
Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection.
Indicates the degree of protection provided by
the enclosure per IEC 529. IPX8 indicates drip
proof.
Equipment Type BF (man in the box symbol)
IEC 878-02-03 indicates B Type equipment
having even more electrical isolation than
standard Type B equipment because it is
intended for intimate patient contact.
Equipment Type CF (heart in the box symbol)
IEC 878-02-05 indicates equipment having a
high degree of protection suitable for direct
cardiac contact.
Footswitch
Probe connectors
PCG connector
or Rear of Console
ECG connector
Surgical probes
"CAUTION" The equilateral triangle is usually
used in combination with other symbols to
advise or warn the user.
Various
ATTENTION - Consult accompanying
documents " is intended to alert the user to
refer to the operator manual or other
instructions when complete information cannot
be provided on the label.
Various
"CAUTION - Dangerous voltage" (the lightning
flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle) is
used to indicate electric shock hazards.
Various
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 1-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Product Icons (Continued)
LABEL/SYMBOL
PURPOSE/MEANING
"Mains OFF" Indicates the power off position of
the mains power switch.
LOCATION
Rear of system adjacent to mains switch
"OFF/Standby" Indicates the power off/
standby position of the power switch.
CAUTION
This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE
Mains Supply
Adjacent to On-Off/Standby Switch
"Mains ON" Indicates the power on position of
the mains power switch.
"ON" Indicates the power on position of the
power switch.
Front Panel Switch
CAUTION
This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE
Mains Supply
1-6
"Protective Earth" Indicates the protective
earth (grounding) terminal.
Internal
"Equipotentiality" Indicates the terminal to be
used for connecting equipotential conductors
when interconnecting (grounding) with other
equipment.
Rear of console
Section 1-2 - Important Conventions
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
WEEE Label
The following table describes the meaning of WEEE label and its translation provided on the equipment.
Table 1-6
LABEL/SYMBOL
WEEE Label
LANGUAGE
English
Czech (CZE)
Danish (DAN)
Dutch (DUT)
Catalan (CAT)
PURPOSE/MEANING
This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must
not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately.
Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
Tento symbol znamená, že díly elektrických nebo elektronických zařízení
nesmí být likvidovány do netříděného odpadu, ale musí být likvidovány
samostatně. Obraťte se prosím na autorizovaného představitele výrobce,
který poskytne informace týkající se likvidace vašeho přístroje.
Dette symbol angiver, at elektrisk og elektronisk affald ikke må
bortskaffes som usorteret brændbart affald, men skal indsamles særskilt.
Kontakt venligst en autoriseret repræsentant for producenten for at få
oplysninger om, hvordan dit udstyr skal bortskaffes.
Dit symbool geeft aan dat het afval van elektrische en elektronische
apparatuur niet ongescheiden mag worden meegegeven met het
huisvuil, maar apart moet worden ingeleverd. Neem contact op met een
erkende vertegenwoordiger van de fabrikant voor informatie over het
inleveren van uw apparatuur.
Aquest símbol indica que els residus dels equips elèctrics i electrònics
s'han d'abocar per separat, no com a residus municipals no classificats.
Contacteu amb un representant autoritzat del fabricant per obtenir
informació sobre com desfer-vos del vostre equip.
Chinese (CHN)
Estonian (EST)
See märk näitab, et tarbetuks muutunud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmeid
ei tohi ära visata sortimata olmejäätmetena, vaid need tuleb eraldi kokku
koguda. Seadmete käitlemise kohta küsige lisateavet tootja volitatud
esindajalt.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 1-6
LABEL/SYMBOL
WEEE Label(Continued)
LANGUAGE
Finnish (FIN)
French- France
(FRA)
German (GER)
Greek (GRE)
Hungarian
(HUN)
Icelandic (ICE)
1-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PURPOSE/MEANING
Tämä kuvatunnus ilmaisee, että sillä merkittyä sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaitetta ei saa hävittää lajittelemattomana yhdyskuntajätteenä
vaan se on kerättävä talteen erikseen. Ota yhteyttä tuotteen valmistajan
valtuuttamaan myyntiedustajaan ja kysy lisätietoja laitteen käytöstä
poistosta.
Ce symbole indique que les déchets relatifs à l'équipement électrique et
électronique ne doivent pas être jetés comme les ordures ménagères
non-triées et doivent être collectés séparément. Contactez un repré
sentant agréé du fabricant pour obtenir des informations sur la mise au
rebut de votre équipement.
Dieses Symbol kennzeichnet elektrische und elektronische Geräte, die
nicht mit dem gewöhnlichen, unsortierten Hausmüll entsorgt werden dü
rfen, sondern separat behandelt werden müssen. Bitte nehmen Sie
Kontakt mit einem autorisierten Beauftragten des Herstellers auf, um
Informationen hinsichtlich der Entsorgung Ihres Gerätes zu erhalten.
Αυτό το σύµβολο υποδηλώνει ότι τα απόβλητα ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξ
οπλισµού δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτονται ως κοινά απορρίµατα, αλλά να συλλέγον
ται ξεχωριστά. Παρακαλούµε επικοινωνήστε µε έναν εξουσιοδοτηµένο αντιπρό
σωπο του κατασκευαστή για πληροφορίες σχετικά µε την απόρριψη του εξοπλισ
µού.
A szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy az elektromos és elektronikus készülék hulladékát
tilos nem szelektív lakossági hulladékként kezelni, hanem elkülönítve kell gyű
jteni. Kérjük, a berendezés leselejtezését illetőleg lépjen kapcsolatba a gyártó
hivatalos képviseletével.
Merki þetta táknar að rafeindatækjum skal eytt á sérstakan máta, ekki m
á losa rafeindatæki í hefðbundin sorphirðuílát sem óflokkað sorp.
Vinsamlega hafið samband við umboðsmann framleiðanda fyrir upplý
singar um hvernig tækinu skal eytt.
Section 1-2 - Important Conventions
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 1-6
LABEL/SYMBOL
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
WEEE Label(Continued)
LANGUAGE
Italian (ITA)
PURPOSE/MEANING
Questo simbolo indica che i rifiuti derivanti da apparecchiature elettriche ed
elettroniche non devono essere smaltiti come rifiuti municipali indifferenziati e
devono invece essere raccolti separatamente. Per informazioni relative alle
modalità di smantellamento delle apparecchiature fuori uso, contattare un
rappresentante autorizzato del fabbricante.
Japanese
(JPN)
Latvian (LAT)
Lithuanian
(LIT)
Norwegian
(NOR)
Polish (POL)
PortugueseBrazilian (POB)
Šis apzīmējums norāda, ka no elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma
atkritumiem nedrīkst atbrīvoties kā no nešķirotiem mājsaimniecības
atkritumiem un tie ir jāsavāc atsevišķi. Lūdzu, sazinieties ar pilnvarotu raž
otāja pārstāvi, lai saņemtu informāciju par aprīkojuma ekspluatācijas pā
rtraukšanu.
Šis simbolis nurodo, kad elektros ir elektroninės įrangos atliekos turi būti
surenkamos atskirai ir negali būti šalinamos kaip nerūšiuotos savivaldybė
s tvarkomos atliekos. Informacijos apie įrangos veikimo sustabdymą
kreipkitės į įgaliotąjį gamintojo atstovą.
Dette symbolet angir at elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr ikke skal kastes
som restavfall, men må leveres inn separat. Ta kontakt med en autorisert
representant for produsenten hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan
utstyret skal avhendes.
Ten symbol oznacza, iż składowanie zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i
elektronicznych wraz z ogólnymi odpadami miejskimi jest zabronione.
Informacji na temat miejsc składowania tego typu odpadów udziela
producent sprzętu.
Este símbolo indica que os resíduos do equipamento elétrico e eletrônico
não devem ser descartados no sistema de coleta de lixo municipal, e sim
coletados separadamente. Favor entrar em contato com um
representante autorizado do fabricante para obter informações sobre
como descartar seu equipamento.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 1-6
LABEL/SYMBOL
WEEE Label(Continued)
LANGUAGE
Romanian
(ROM)
Russian (RUS)
Serbian (SCC)
Slovakian
(SLK)
Slovenian
(SLN)
Spanish-Spain
(SPA)
Swedish
(SWE)
1-10
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PURPOSE/MEANING
Acest simbol indică faptul că deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi
electronice nu au voie să fie aruncate nediferenţiat ca gunoi menajer şi c
ă ele trebuie colectate separat. Vă rugăm să luaţi legătura cu un
reprezentant autorizat al producătorului pentru a obţine informaţii
referitoare la eliminarea ecologică a echipamentului dumneavoastră.
Символ обозначает: недопустимо выбрасывать электрическое и эле
ктронное оборудование с неотсортированным бытовым мусором. Он
о должно собираться отдельно. Для получения сведений об утилиза
ции оборудования обратитесь к авторизованному представителю ко
мпании-производителя.
Ovaj simbol označava da se otpad električne i elektronske opreme ne
sme odlagati zajedno sa običnim gradskim smećem, već se mora
pokupiti posebno. Molimo vas da kontaktirate ovlašćenog predstavnika
proizvođača svoje opreme, kako bi ste se informisali o njenom pravilnom
rashodu.
Tento symbol označuje, že odpad elektrického a elektronického materiá
lu sa nesmie vyhadzovať do netriedeného komunálneho odpadu, ale mus
í sa likvidovať oddelene. Viac informácií o likvidácii vášho zariadenia vám
poskytne poverený zástupca výrobcu.
Ta simbol obeležava da se elektronski otpad in elektronska oprema ne sme
odlagati skup z navadnim mesnim otpadom, ter se mora pobrat posebej. Prosimo
vas da kontaktirate pooblaščenega prodajalca opreme, kako bi se informirali o
njenem pravilnem rashodu.
Este símbolo indica que el equipo eléctrico y electrónico no debe tirarse
con los desechos domésticos y debe tratarse por separado. Contacte
con el representante local del fabricante para obtener más información
sobre la forma de desechar el equipo.
Denna symbol anger att elektriska och elektroniska utrustningar inte får avyttras
som osorterat hushållsavfall och måste samlas in separat. Var god kontakta en
auktoriserad tillverkarrepresentant för information angående avyttring av
utrustningen.
Section 1-2 - Important Conventions
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 1-6
LABEL/SYMBOL
WEEE Label(Continued)
LANGUAGE
Turkish (TUR)
English
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PURPOSE/MEANING
Bu sembol, elektrikli ve elektronik ekipmanların sınıflandırılmamış çöp
olarak atılmaması ve ayrı olarak toplanması gerektiğini belirtir. Lütfen
ekipmanınızın imhasıyla ilgili olarak üreticinin yetkili temsilcisine baş
vurun.
The symbol is affixed to a battery to advise the user or owner thar it must be recycled or disposed of
in accordance with local, state, or country laws.
The letter below indicates the toxic element (Pb=Lead, Cd=Cadmium, Hg=Mercury) that is contained
in the battery that may require special recycling or disposal method, Please contact a GEHC
representative to facilitate servicing, removal and disposal options.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-3
Safety Considerations
1-3-1
Introduction
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of
this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this
manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.
1-3-2
Human Safety
Operating personnel must not remove the system covers.
Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only.
Only personnel who have participated in a LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Training are authorized to service the
equipment.
1-3-3
Mechanical Safety
WARNING
WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE, USE
EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER.
WARNING
ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT
CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN
HANDLING AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DO NOT USE A
DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS
CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
WARNING
NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR. EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK,
IT MAY BE DAMAGED.
CAUTION
Always lower and center the Opertaor I/O Panel before moving the scanner.
CAUTION
The LOGIQ™ 5 PRO weighs 180 kg or more, depending on installed peripherals, (500 lbs., or
more) when ready for use. Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts. Failure
to follow the precautions listed could result in injury, uncontrolled motion and costly
damage.
ALWAYS:
Be sure the pathway is clear.
Use slow, careful motions.
Use two people when moving on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg (35 lbs).
1-12
Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-3-3
NOTE:
CAUTION
1-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Mechanical Safety (cont’d)
Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle:
•
Secure the unit in an upright position.
•
Lock the wheels (brake)
•
DO NOT use the Control Panel as an anchor point.
•
Place the probes in their carrying case.
•
Eject any Magneto Optical disk or CD from their drive.
Keep the heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the
monitor.
Electrical Safety
To minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground. The
system is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged into an approved
electrical outlet with safety ground. If an extension cord is used with the system, make sure that the total
current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating.
The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment.
Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards.
WARNING
DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-3-5
NOTE:
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Label Locations
For the symbols shown in the illustration below, refer to previous pages in this chapter.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Figure 1-1 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
(Monitor)
1.) Caution for Possible injury : “Never put any device onto the Monitor”
2.) Caution for Hazardous movement : (Inside of the OP rear Cover)
3.) Defibrillator Label ““Do not use with Defibrillator”(On optional ECG Module)
1-14
Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
1-3-5Label Locations (cont’d).
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
220-240V 500VA Max
Including front printer panel
Europe/USA Console (220V)
100~120V 500VA Max
Including front printer panel
Japan/USA/Asia Console (100~120V)
(9)
(8)
Circuit Breaker
I
On
AC Line Input
Circuit Breaker
or
I
On
AC Line Input
100-120V~ 50/60Hz
1250VA Max
220-240V~ 50/60Hz
1250VA Max
Off
Off
Figure 1-2 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
(Rear)
1.) Possible Shock Hazard
2.) Label -”Do not use the following devices near this equipment.”
3.) Label - “The equipment weighs approximately 180kg.
4.) Prescription Devices
5.) CE Mark Label
6.) CISPR Label
7.) Voltage Range Indication Label
8.) Power Indication Label
9.) Grounding reliability Label.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
1-3-5Label Locations (cont’d)
GE ULTRASOUND KOREA LTD.
LOGIQ 5 PRO
1250VA
(2)
LOGIQ 5 PRO
GE ULTRASOUND KOREA
(1)
1250VA
(3)
LOGIQ 5 PRO
1250VA
120V
GE ULTRASOUND Korea
(6)
(4)
LOGIQ 5 PRO
LOGIQ 5 PRO
(5)
(7)
China 220V Console
Korea 220V Console
Figure 1-3 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
1.) UL Label
2.) Identification and Rating Plate - USA/Asia 120V Console
3.) Identification and Rating Plate - Europe/Asia/Latin America 220V Console
4.) Identification and Rating Plate - Japan 100V Console
5.) Identification and Rating Plate - Korea 220V Console
6.) Caution EIAJ Label
1-16
7.) Identification and Rating Plate - China 220V Console
Section 1-3 - Safety Considerations
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-3-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Dangerous Procedure Warnings
Warnings, such as the examples below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this
manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.
DANGER
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT
IN THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING
AND ADJUSTING.
WARNING
EXPLOSION WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE.
OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT
CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.
WARNING
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT
BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, DO NOT
INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATION
OF THE EQUIPMENT.
1-3-7
Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA Only)
Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the electrical Mains
plug.
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-4
EMC, EMI, and ESD
1-4-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic
environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other
equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility
results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or
when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This interference is often
referred to as radio–frequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through
space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy,
EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and
disturbances in the electrical power supply.
1-4-2
CE Compliance
The LOGIQ™ 5 PRO unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to
immunity from electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and power line
transient requirements.
For applicable standards refer to the Safety Chapter in the Basic User Manual.
NOTE:
1-4-3
WARNING
1-18
For CE Compliance, it is critical that all covers, screws, shielding, gaskets, mesh, clamps, are in
good condition, installed tightly without skew or stress. Proper installation following all
comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance.
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Prevention
DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING
THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS:
1.ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (TO THE
RIGHT OF THE POWER CONNECTOR).
2.FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.
Section 1-4 - EMC, EMI, and ESD
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 1-5
Customer Assistance
1-5-1
Contact Information
If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the User Manual, or if you
require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource, as
listed below.
Prepare the following information before you call:
-
System ID serial number.
-
Software version.
Table 1-7
Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance
Location
Phone Number
1-800–437–1171
USA/ Canada
GE Medical Systems
Ultrasound Service Engineering
4855 W. Electric Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53219
1-800-682-5327
Customer Answer Center
1-262-524-5698
Fax: +1-414-647-4125
1-262-524-5300
Latin America
GE Medical Systems
Ultrasound Service Engineering
4855 W. Electric Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53219
1-262-524-5698
Customer Answer Center
Fax: +1-414-647-4125
Europe
Tel: +49 212 2802 208
GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH& Co. KG
+49 212 2802 207
BeethovenstraBe 239
Postfach 11 05 60, D-42665 Solingen
Germany
Fax: +49 212 2802 431
Tel: +65 291-8528
Asia (Singapore/ Japan)
+81 426-482950
GE Ultrasound Asia
Service Department - Ultrasound
298 Tiong Bahru Road #15-01/06
Central Plaza
Fax: +65 272-3997
Singapore 169730
+81 426-482902
Chapter 1 Introduction
1-19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
1-5-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Manufacturer
Table 1-8
System Manufacturer
Manufacturer
GE Ultrasound Korea
462-120 65-1, Sangdaewon-dong, Joong-won-Gu,
Seongnam-Si, Gyeonggi-do,
Korea
1-20
FAX Number
82-31-740-6436
Section 1-5 - Customer Assistance
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 2
Pre-Installation
Section 2-1
Overview
2-1-1
Purpose of chapter 2
This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of a LOGIQ™ 5 .
Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit. A
checklist is also provided at the end of this section to help determine whether the proper planning and
preparation is accomplished before the actual equipment installation is scheduled.
Table 2-1
Contents in Chapter 2
Section
Description
Page Number
2-1
Overview
2-1
2-2
General Console Requirements
2-2
2-3
Facility Needs
2-6
Chapter 2 Pre-Installation
2-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2-2
General Console Requirements
2-2-1
Console Environmental Requirements
Table 2-2
Environmental Requirements for LOGIQ™ 5 Scanners
Operational
10 - 35 oC
Temperature
50 - 104
Storage
-10 - 60 oC
oF
14 - 140
-40 - 60 oC
oF
-40 - 140 oF
Humidity
30 - 85%
non-condensing
30 - 90%
non-condensing
30 - 90%
non-condensing
Pressure
700 - 1060hPa
700 - 1060hPa
700 - 1060hPa
Table 2-3
Environmental Requirements for an Ultrasound Room
Item
Values
Power Source
Refer to Table 2-4 on page 2-3.
Current Rating
15A (120V-100V); 8A (220-240V) CIRCUIT BREAKER
Radiation Shielding
Temperature
Humidity
Floor Landing
Floor Condition
Weight
NONE REQUIRED for ULTRASOUND ENERGY
20-26 DEG. C (68-79 DEG F) for PATIENT COMFORT
50% to 70% for PATIENT COMFORT
Heat Dissipation
2-2-1-1
Transport
2000 BTU/Hr.
Approximately 680 - 800 kg/m2 without Accessories
Gradient: WITHIN 5 degrees
180 kg (397lbs) without Accessories
Cooling
The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ™ 5 is 3500 BTU/hr. This figure does not include cooling needed
for lights, people, or other equipment in the room. Each person in the room places an additional 300
BTU/hr. demand on the cooling system.
2-2-1-2
Lighting
Bright light is needed for system installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient
comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting
system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and diameters can be a source
of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible
interface.
2-2-2
NOTE:
2-2
Electrical Requirements
GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its
Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before
the system.
Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
2-2-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Electrical Requirements (cont’d)
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
NOTE:
2-2-2-1
Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the
main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.
LOGIQ™ 5 Power Requirements
The following power line parameters should be monitored for one week before installation. We
recommend that you use an analyzer Dranetz Model 606-3 or Dranetz Model 626:
Table 2-4
Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ™ 5
PARAMETER
LIMITS
100V
100 VAC ±10% (90-110 VAC)
220V
220-240 VAC ±10% (198-264 VAC)
115V
115 VAC ±10% (103-127 VAC)
Power
All applications
MAX. 1250 VA
Line Frequency
All applications
50/60Hz (±2Hz)
Power Transients
All applications
Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage
for less than 1 millisecond for any type of
transient, including line frequency,
synchronous, asynchronous, or
aperiodic transients.
Decaying Oscillation
All applications
Less than 15% of peak voltage for less
than 1 millisecond.
Voltage Range
2-2-2-2
AREA
Inrush Current
Inrush Current is not a factor to consider due to the inrush current limiting properties of the power
supplies.
2-2-2-3
Site Circuit Breaker
It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be ready accessible.
CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCURE.
The LOGIQ™ 5 requires a dedicated single branch circuit. To avoid circuit overload and
possible loss of critical care equipment, make sure you DO NOT have any other equipment
operating on the same circuit.
2-2-2-4
Site Power Outlets
A desiccated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords. Other outlets
adequate for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also
be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the unit. Electrical installation must meet all current local, state, and
national electrical codes.
Chapter 2 Pre-Installation
2-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
2-2-2-5
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Unit Power Plug
If the unit arrives without the power plug, or with the wrong plug, you must contact your GE dealer or
the installation engineer must supply what is locally required.
2-2-2-6
Power Stability Requirements
Voltage drop-out
Max 10 ms.
Power Transients
(All applications)
Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including
line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.
2-2-3
EMI Limitations
Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transient in the air wiring. They also generate EMI. The LOGIQ™ 5 complies with
limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interface will not occur in a
particular installation.
Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed.
Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of defect.
These sources include:
•
medical lasers,
•
scanners,
•
cauterizing guns,
•
computers,
•
monitors,
•
fans,
•
gel warmers,
•
microwave ovens,
•
light dimmers,
•
portable phones.
The presence of broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference. See for EMI
Prevention tips.
See Table 2-5 for EMI Prevention tips.
Table 2-5
EMI Prevention/abatement
EMI Rule
2-4
Details
Be aware of RF sources
Keep the unit at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources. Special shielding
may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency, high
powered radio or video broadcast signals.
Ground the unit
Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images. Check grounding of
the power cord and power outlet.
Section 2-2 - General Console Requirements
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 2-5
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
EMI Prevention/abatement
EMI Rule
Details
Replace all screws, RF
gaskets, covers, cores
After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.
Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end. Install the
shield over the front of card cage. Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio
frequencies to interface with the ultrasound signals.
Replace broken RF gaskets
If more than 20% or a pair of fingers on the RF gaskets are broken, replace the gaskets.
Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed.
Do not place labels where RF Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. Otherwise, the gap created will permit
gaskets touch metal
RF leakage. Or, if a label has been found in such a position, move the label.
Use GE specified harnesses
and peripherals
The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding. Also,
cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is specified.
Take care with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts.
Properly dress peripheral
cables
2-2-4
Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays.
Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. Attach the monitor
cables to the frame.
Scan Probe Environmental Requirements
Operation:10° to 35° C
Storage:--10° to 60° C
NOTE:
Temperature in degrees C. Conversion to Degrees F = (Degrees C * 9/5) + 32).
NOTICE SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES
OF -20 TO + 50 degrees C. WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, THE
PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TEMPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE.
Chapter 2 Pre-Installation
2-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2-3
Facility Needs
2-3-1
Purchaser Responsibilities
The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay,
confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery.
Use the PreInstallation checklist to verify that all needed steps have been taken.
Purchaser reasonability includes:
NOTE:
•
Procuring the materials required.
•
Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system.
•
Paying the costs for any alternations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales
contract.
All electrical installation that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site
prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, products involved (and the accompanying
electrical installations) are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is
required. All electrical work on these product must comply with the requirements of applicable
electrical codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
The desire to use a non-listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further
from the system than the interface kit allows presents challenges to the installation team. To avoid
delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing
the installation at the earliest possible date (preferable prior to purchase).
The ultrasound suite must be clean proof to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended
because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference)
should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact system.
2-3-2
NOTE:
Required Features
GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its
Ultrasound equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before
the system.
Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:
The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.
Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the main
facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.
2-6
•
Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage meeting all local and national codes
which is located less than 2.5 m (8 ft.) from the unit’s proposed location
•
Door opening is at least 76 cm (30 in) wide
•
Proposed location for unit is at least 0.3 m (1 ft.) from the wall for cooling
•
Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m (6.5 ft.) of each other with
peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables.
Section 2-3 - Facility Needs
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
NOTE:
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
The LOGIQ™ 5 has four outlets inside the unit. One is for the monitor and three for on board
peripherals.
•
Power outlets for other medical equipment and gel warmer
•
Power outlets for test equipment and modem within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of unit
•
Clean and protected space to store transducers (in their cases or on a rack)
•
Material to safely clean probes (done with a plastic container, never metal)
Chapter 2 Pre-Installation
2-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
2-3-3
2-8
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Desirable Features
•
Door is at least 92 cm (3 ft.) wide
•
Circuit breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible
•
Sink with hot and cold water
•
Receptacle for bio–hazardous waste, like used probe sheaths
•
Emergency oxygen supply
•
Storage for linens and equipment
•
Nearby waiting room, lavatory, and dressing room
•
Dual level lighting (bright and dim)
•
Lockable cabinet ordered by GE for its software and proprietary manuals.
Section 2-3 - Facility Needs
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout
Recommended standard floor plan and a minimal floor plan for ultrasound equipment:
DEDICATED ALALOG TELEPHONE
LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE
FILM
PROCESSING
ROOM,
18 IN.
(46 CM)
LINEN SUPPLY
DEDICATED
POWER
RECEPTACLE
FOOT
SW
STOOL
SINK
EXAMINATION
TABLE
COUNTER TOP
COUNTER
TOP
CONSOLE
FILM VIEWER
FILE
CABINET
2-3-4
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
76 IN.
(193 CM)
SUCTION LINE
EMERGECY
OXYGEN
24 IN.
(61 CM)
SECRETARYS OR
DOCTOR’S DESK
OVERHEAD
LIGHTS DIMMER
PATIENT
TOILET
FACILITY
DOOR
42 IN.
(107 CM)
A 14 by 17 foot Recommended Floor Plan
Scale : Each square equals one square foot
FILM VIEWER
LINEN SUPPLY
SINK
PROBES/SUPPLIES
FILM SUPPLIES
EXTERNAL
PERIPHERALS
DEDICATED POWER
OUTLETS
FOOT
SW
STOOL
24 IN.
(61 CM)
DOOR
30 IN.
(76 CM)
LOGIQ 5
CONSOLE
EXAMINARION
TABLE
76 IN.
(193 CM)
DEDICATED ANALOG TELEPHONE
LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE
GE CABINET
FOT SOFTWARE
AND MANUALS
An 8 by 10 foot Minimal Floor Plan
Figure 2-1 RECOMMENDED ULTRASOUND ROOM LAYOUT
Chapter 2 Pre-Installation
2-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
2-3-5
2-3-5-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Networking Pre-installation Requirements
Purpose of DICOM Network Function
DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient
information over a hospital network. Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to
workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring
images in this manner free up the on-board monitor and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while
scanning continues. With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at
a lower cost.
2-3-5-2
DICOM Option Pre-installation Requirements
To configure the LOGIQ™ 5 to work with other network connections, the site’s network administrator
must provide some necessary information.
Information must include:
2-10
•
A host name, local port number, AE Title, IP address and Net Mask for the LOGIQ™ 5 .
•
The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING
INFORMATION.
•
The host name, IP address, port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the
LOGIQ™ 5 for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION. A field for the make (manufacturer) and
the revision of the device, is also included. This information may be useful for solving errors.
Section 2-3 - Facility Needs
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
2-3-5-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
DICOM Option Pre-installation Requirements (cont’d)
.
.
LOGIQ™ 5
Host Name
Local Port
AE Title
ROUTING INFORMATION
IP Address
.
.
.
Net Mask
.
.
.
GATEWAY IP Addresses
Destination
IP Addresses
Default
.
.
.
ROUTER1
.
.
.
.
.
.
ROUTER2
.
.
.
.
.
.
ROUTER3
.
.
.
.
.
.
DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION
NAME
MAKE/REVISION
AE TITLE
IP ADDRESSES
PORT
Store 1
.
.
.
Store 2
.
.
.
Store 3
.
.
.
Store 4
.
.
.
Store 5
.
.
.
Store 6
.
.
.
Worklist
.
.
.
Storage
Commit
.
.
.
.
.
.
MPPS
Figure 2-2 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information
Chapter 2 Pre-Installation
2-11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
2-12
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 2-3 - Facility Needs
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 3
Installation
Section 3-1
Overview
3-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 3
This chapter contains information needed to install the unit. Included are references to a procedure that
describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim.
How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation, and how to check and test the unit, probes,
and external peripherals for electrical safety are included in this procedure. Also included in this section
are guidelines for transporting the unit to a new site.
Table 3-1
Contents in Chapter 3
Section
Description
Page Number
3-1
Overview
3-1
3-2
Installation Reminders
3-2
3-3
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment
3-4
3-4
Preparing for Installation
3-9
3-5
Completing the Installation
3-11
3-6
System Configuration
3-16
3-7
Available Probes
3-24
3-8
Software/Option Configuration
3-24
3-9
Connectivity Installation Worksheet
3-25
3-9
Connectivity Installation Worksheet
3-25
3-10
Insite IP Address Configuration
3-25
3-11
Loading Base System Software
3-25
3-10
Paperwork
3-26
Chapter 3 Installation
3-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-2
Installation Reminders
3-2-1
Average Installation Time
Table 3-2
Average Installation Time
Description
Average Installation Time
Comments
Unpacking the scanner
0.5 hour
Scanner wo/options
0.5 hour
Dependant on the configuration that is required
DICOM Option
0.5 hour
Dependant on the amount of configuration
InSite Option
0.5 hour
The LOGIQ™ 5 PRO has been designed to be installed and checked out by an experienced service
technician in approximately four hours. LOGIQ™ 5 PRO consoles with optional equipment may take
slightly longer.
3-2-2
Installation Warnings
1.) Since the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO weighs approximately 180 kg. (397 lb.) without options, preferably two
people should unpack it. Two people are also preferable for installing any additional bulky items.
2.) There are no operator serviceable components. To prevent shock, do not remove any covers or
panels. Should problems or malfunctions occur, unplug the power cord. Only qualified service
personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting.
NOTE:
For information regarding packing labels, refer to LABELS ON PACKAGE.
3.) After being transported, the unit may be very cold or hot. If this is the case, allow the unit to
acclimate before you turn it on. It requires one hour for each 2.5°C increment if its temperature is
below 10°C or above 40°C.
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site
may cause the system to be damaged.
Table 3-3
°C
60
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
°F
140 131 122 113 104
96
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
-4
-13
-22
-31
-40
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
hrs
3-2
Acclimation Time
8
55
6
50
4
45
2
0
Section 3-2 - Installation Reminders
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-2-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Safety Reminders
DANGER
WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE
AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METER’S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN), DON’T TOUCH
THE UNIT!
CAUTION
Two people should unpack the unit because of its weight. Two people are required whenever
a part weighing 19kg (35 lb.) or more must be lifted.
CAUTION
If the unit is very cold or hot, do not turn on its power until it has had a chance to acclimate
to its operating environment.
CAUTION
To prevent electrical shock, connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet. Do not use
a three to two prong adapter. This defeats safety grounding.
CAUTION
Do NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits and more than 30 V peak is
present.
CAUTION
Do not use a 20 Amp to 15 Amp adapter on the 120 Vac unit’s power cord. This unit requires
a dedicated 20 A circuit and can have a 15A plug if the on board peripherals do not cause the
unit to draw more than 14.0 amps.
CAUTION
Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place.
System performance and cooling require this.
CAUTION
OPERATOR MANUAL(S)
The User Manual(s) should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ™ 5
PRO and kept near the unit for quick reference.
CAUTION
ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD
Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO probe is within FDA
limits, avoid unnecessary exposure. Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical
damage.
Figure 3-6 Environmental Labels
Chapter 3 Installation
3-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-3
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment
When a new system arrives, check that any components are not damaged and are not in short supply.
If shipping damage or shortage occurs, contact the address shown in Chapter 1.
CAUTION Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard. Equipment damage may result.
CAUTION The crate with the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO weighs approximately 180 kg. (397 lb.) Be prepared for a
sudden shift of weight as the unit is removed from its base (pallet)
1.) Cut the three PLASTIC BANDs.
Plastic Bands
Figure 3-7 Cutting the Plastic Bands.
3-4
Section 3-3 - Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont’d)
2.) Lift the TOP COVER up and off.
Top Cover
Figure 3-8 Removing the top Cover
Chapter 3 Installation
3-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont’d)
3.) Remove the MONITOR CAP up and off..
Monitor Cap
Figure 3-9 Removing the monitor cap
3-6
Section 3-3 - Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont’d)
4.) Remove the three PLASTIC JOINTs from the OUTER SLEEVE
5.) Remove the OUTER SLEEVE.
6.) Remove the INNER SLEEVE.
Inner Sleeve
Plastic Joint
Outer Sleeve
Palette Assy
Monitor Supporter
Figure 3-10 Removing Plastic Joints and Sleeves
Chapter 3 Installation
3-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment (cont’d)
7.) Remove the PLASTIC BAG.
8.) Lift the Monitor up by pressing the UP/Down Release Button.
9.) Remove the MONITOR SUPPORTER.
10.)Pull the Bottom Plate from the bottom so that it can be used as a ramp.
11.)Unlock the front caster and carefully put the console off the PALETTE.
PLASTIC BAG
Console
Monitor
Supporter
Palette Base Assy
Bottom Plate
Figure 3-11 Moving the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO from the crate
3-8
Section 3-3 - Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-3-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Moving into Position
CAUTION Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard.
Do not tilt the unit more than 5 degrees to avoid tipping it over.
To avoid injury by tipping over. Set the monitor to the lowest position before moving.
CAUTION Equipment Damage Possibility. Lifting the console by holding covers may damage the covers.
Do not lift the console by holding any covers.
In general, a single adult can move the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO along an even surface with no steep grades.
At least two people should move the machine when large humps, grooves, or grades will be
encountered. (It is better to pull from the rear rather than push from the front of the unit). Before moving,
store all loose parts in the unit. Wrap transducers in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage.
Although LOGIQ™ 5 PRO is a compact and mobile machine, two people should move it over rough
surfaces or up and down grades.
3-3-2
Adjusting System Clock
Set the system clock for the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO to the local time. For procedure of adjusting the system
clock, refer to section 3-6-1-1 on page 16.
Fill out proper customer Information the Product Locator Installation Card. Mail this Installation Card
“Product Locator” to the address corresponding to your pole.
3-3-3
NOTE:
Product Locator Installation Card
The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator
card.
Figure 3-12 Product Locator Installation Card
Section 3-4
Preparing for Installation
3-4-1
Verify Customer Order
Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order. Report any items
that are missing, back ordered or damaged.
Chapter 3 Installation
3-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-4-2
3-4-2-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Physical Inspection
System Voltage Settings
Verify that the scanner is set to the correct voltage.
The Voltage settings for the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Scanner is found on a label to the right of the Power switch
and External I/O, on the rear of the system.For the Rating Plate example, refer to Figure 1-3 "OUTSIDE
MARKINGS OF LOGIQ™ 5 PRO" on page 1-16
WARNING
3-4-2-2
Connecting a LOGIQ™ 5 PRO scanner to the wrong voltage level will most likely
destroy the scanner.
Video Formats
Check that the video format is set to the locally used video standard, NTSC or PAL.
3-4-3
EMI Protection
This Unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of the
covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by
this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured
before the unit is put into operation.
3 - 10
Section 3-4 - Preparing for Installation
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-5
Completing the Installation
3-5-1
NOTE:
3-5-1-1
Power On/Boot Up
After turning off the system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system
may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.
Scanner Power On
1.) Connect the Main Power Cable at the rear of the System.
WARNING
Protective earth must be taken when connecting AC power cable (200V) without its plug
to wall outlet.
2.) Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet.
3.) Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System.
Main Circuit Breaker
Main Power Cable
Figure 3-13 Circuit Breaker
When power is applied to the Scanner, and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON, Power is distributed
to the ATX smps in the Back End Processor and Power control circuit in the AC power assy . When the
Power ON/OFF key is pressed once, the power control circuit turn on the card cage and fans, and Back
End Processor ,Monitor. Backend Processor starts and its software code is distributed to initiate the
scanner.
4.) Press the ON/OFF key at the keyboard paenl of the System once.
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-5-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Scanner Power On (cont’d)
Serial
Composite
B/W
B/W Printer
Power
Figure 3-14 Power On/Off Switch Location
3-5-1-2
Power Up Sequence
1.) The Start Up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is turned ON.
Figure 3-15 Start Up Screen Display
2.) After initialization is complete, default mode buttons on the keyboard are lit and the B-Mode screen
or Patient screen (no probes are connected) is displayed on the monitor.
3 - 12
Section 3-5 - Completing the Installation
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-5-1-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Maintanance Mode for Service
1.) If the service dongle is inserted in the USB port in the rear panel during system boot up,
Maintenance access window appears.
2.) Then key in the service pass word and click OK button.
3.) When the start application widow appear, click the “Maintenence” button
Figure 3-16 maintenance Window
NOTE:
Start is selected automatically when it time out.
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-5-2
NOTE:
3-5-2-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Power Off/ Shutdown
After turning off a system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system may
not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.
Power Shutdown
1.) Press once the ON/OFF key at the front of the System.
2.) Click the shutdown button in the Exit dialog box as Figure 3-17 on page 3-14
Figure 3-17 System Exit Window
3.) Switch OFF the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system Refer to Figure 3-13 on page 3-11 .
4.) Disconnect the Main Power Cable is necessary. For example : Relocating the scanner.
NOTICE Disconnecting the Mains Power Cable before switching OFF the Circuit Breaker will activate the
uninterruptible power system (UPS) in the backend processor, forcing an ordered shutdown of the
system.
NOTICE The UPS serves only as a battery backup that allows for a soft shut-down of the scanner to prevent file
corruption. IT DOES NOT REGULATE INCOMING VOLTAGE.
3 - 14
Section 3-5 - Completing the Installation
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-5-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Transducer Connection
1.) Connect a transducer to one of the three rightmost transducer receptacle as follows:
A.) Ensure that the transducer twist lock lever to the horizontal position.
B.) Insert the transducer connector on the receptacle guide pin until it touches the receptacle
mating surface.
C.) Twist the transducer twist lock lever to vertical position to lock it in place. Twist the lever
to the horizontal position to disconnect the transducer.
NOTE:
It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a transducer.
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-6
System Configuration
3-6-1
3-6-1-1
System Specifications
System Settings
Table 3-1
System Configuration
Configuration Category
Description
Settings
Enables the user or service personnel to set the
date, time, unit, language, basic information about
the organization such as the institution name and
department.
1.) Press Power on/off switch.
2.) The SYSTEM EXIT window appears. Click on Logoff.
Figure 3-18 System EXIT window
3.) The message window appears. Click on OK.
4.) The OPERATOR LOGIN window appears.
Change the User level to Admin, then enter Password. Then click on Log on.
Figure 3-19 Operator LOGIN window
3 - 16
Section 3-6 - System Configuration
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-6-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Settings (cont’d)
5.) Press Utility > System.
6.) Set the Hospital name, Department, Date and Time, Language, and Units.
Figure 3-20 Setting Display
Click on Utilities to terminate the utility function.
3-6-1-2
Physical Dimensions
The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO unit are summarized in Table 3-2 on page 3-17 .
The Size of LOGIQ™ 5 PRO, with monitor and peripherals
Table 3-2
Physical Dimensions of LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
Height
Width
Depth
Unit
135 - 145
52.0
99.0
cm
53.1 - 57.08
20.47
38.9
inches
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Physical Dimensions (cont’d)
WEIGHT
:
180Kg
(397lbs)
including Monitor
Length is in mm
Variation +/- 10%
1350~1450
NOTE
:
Serial
Composite
B/W
520
3-6-1-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
990
B/W Printer
800~900
Power
Figure 3-21 Overall Dimensions
3-6-1-3
Weight without Monitor and Peripherals
Table 3-3
Weight of LOGIQ™ 5 PRO With Monitor and Without Other Peripherals
Model
Weight [kg]
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
3-6-1-4
Weight [lbs]
Approximately 180 Approximately 397
Acoustic Noise Output:
Less than 70dB (A) according to DIN 45635 - 19 - 01 - KL2.
3-6-2
Electrical Specifications
Table 3-4
3 - 18
Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
System
Voltage
Current
Frequency
1
110 ~ 120 VAC
10~12A
50~60Hz
2
220 ~ 240 VAC
5~5.5A
50~60Hz
Section 3-6 - System Configuration
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-6-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
On-Board Optional Peripherals
Table 3-5
List of Recording Devices
Device
Manufacturer
Model
Video Signal
B/W Video Printer
SONY
UP-895MDW
UPD-895
NTSC/PAL
B/W Video Printer
Mitsubishi
P-91(AP9500)
P91W
P91E
P91D
NTSC
NTSC/PAL
NTSC/PAL
Video Cassette Recorder
SONY
SVO-9500MD
SVO-9500-MDP
NTSC
PAL
Video Cassette Recorder
Panasonic
AG-MD835
AG-MD835P
AG-MD835E
NTSC
NTSC
PAL
A6 Color Video Printer
SONY
UP-21MD
UP-21MDS
UP-D21MD
UP-D23MD
A6 Color Video Printer
Mitsubishi
CP-900
CP900UM
CP-900E
CP-900D
A5 Color Video Printer
SONY
UP-50
UP51MD
A5 Color Printer
Mitsubishi
CP-800
CP-800UM
CP800E
NTSC/PAL
NTSC
NTSC
NTSC/PAL
See each option installation instructions for installation and connection procedures.
NOTE:
3-6-4
There are no external peripheral options for the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
External I/O Connector Panel
Located on the rear panel are video input and output connectors, audio input and output, camera
expose connectors, footswitch connector power connector and control connections for VCR, printer,
and service tools.
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-6-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
External I/O Connector Panel (cont’d)
This section indicates the pin assignment for each connector.
1
2
Serial
1
2
220-240V 500VA Max
Including front printer panel
Figure 3-22 Rear Connector Panel
NOTE:
3 - 20
Each outer (case) ground line of peripheral/accessory connectors are protectively grounded.
Signal ground lines are not isolated, except the Service port (3). All of signal lines (include signal
GND) of the Service port are isolated.
Section 3-6 - System Configuration
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-6-4-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
External I/O Pin Outs
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
1
N/A
6
DSR
2
RXD
7
RTS
3
TXD
8
GTS
4
DTR
9
N/A
5
GND
Table 3-6
Pin Assignments of RS232C for Remote 1 and Remote 2
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
1
NC
6
NC
2
RXD
7
NC
3
TXD
8
NC
4
NC
9
RI
5
GND
Table 3-7
Pin Assignments of RS232C for Service
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
1
RED
9
N/A
2
GREEN
10
SGND
3
BLUE
11
N/A
4
N/A
12
N/A
5
GND
13
HSYNC
6
RGND
14
VSYNC
7
GGND
15
N/A
8
BGND
Table 3-8
Pin Assignments of DB15 connector for External VGA
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-6-4-1
External I/O Pin Outs (cont’d)
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
1
+5 VDC
3
DATA +
2
DATA -
4
GND
Table 3-9
Pin Assignments of USB
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
1
TX+
5
NC
2
TX-
6
RX-
3
RX+
7
NC
4
NC
8
NC
Table 3-10
Pin Assignments of InSite - RJ45 Male Connector
Pin No.
Signal
Pin No.
Signal
1
TX+
5
NC
2
TX-
6
RX-
3
RX+
7
NC
4
NC
8
NC
Table 3-11
Pin Assignments of Ethernet
Pin No.
Output Signal
1
PRINT*1
2
Signal GND
Table 3-12
Pin Assignment of Mini-Jack for Controlling B/W Printer
Pin No.
Output Signal
1
SHUTTER*2
2
Signal GND
Table 3-13
3 - 22
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Pin Assignment of Mini-Jack for Controlling Color
Section 3-6 - System Configuration
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
3-6-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Video Specification
Video specifications may be needed to be able to connect laser cameras or other devices to the
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO.
Table 3-14
Video Specifications
Timing Parameter
1024x768
75Hz
768x576
50Hz
640x480
60Hz
800x600
60Hz
800x600
75Hz
1024x768
60Hz
Horizontal Rate [kHz]
60.02
31.25
31.47
37.88
46.88
48.36
Horizontal Period [µs]
16.66
32.00
31.78
26.40
21.33
20.68
Pixel Clock [MHz]
78.75
29.50
24.55
40.00
49.50
65.00
H Blank Width [µs]
3.66
5.97
5.70
6.40
5.17
4.92
H Sync Width [µs]
1.22
2.34
2.36
3.20
1.62
2.09
H Front Porch [µs]
0.20
0.75
0.73
1.00
0.32
0.37
Active Horizontal Period [µs]
13.00
26.03
26.07
20.00
16.16
15.75
Vertical Rate [Hz]
75.03
50.00
59.94
60.32
75.00
60.00
Vertical Period [ms]
13.33
20.00
16.68
16.58
13.33
16.67
V Sync Width [lines=ms]
32=0.53
49=1.57
45=1.43
28=0.74
25=0.53
38=0.79
V Front Porch [lines=µs]
3=50.00
5=160.00
6=190.70
4=105.60
3=64.00
6=124.10
Equalization Gate [lines=µs]
1=16.66
5=160.0
6=190.7
1=26.4
1=21.3
3=62.00
Lines: Field/Frame
800
625/625
525/525
628
625
806
Active Lines/Frame
768
576
480
600
600
768
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-7
Available Probes
See Specifications in the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO User Reference Manual for probes and intended use.
See Chapter 9, for part numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement probes.
Section 3-8
Software/Option Configuration
Refer to the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Basic User Manual, Chapter 16, Customizing Your System for information
on configuring items like Hospital, Department, Language, Units (of measure), Date, Time and Date
Format.
For information on configuring Software Options, Refer to the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Basic User Manual,
Chapter 16, Customizing Your System.
For information on configuring DICOM Connectivity, Refer to the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Basic User Manual,
Chapter 16, Customizing Your System.
3 - 24
Section 3-7 - Available Probes
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-9
Connectivity Installation Worksheet
Site System Information
Comments:
Floor:
Site:
Dept.:
Room:
Type:
LOGIQ SN:
REV:
CONTACT INFORMATION
Name
Title
Phone
E-Mail Address
TCP/IP Settings
Name - AE Title:
IP Settings
Remote Archive Setup
IP Address:
Remote Archive IP:
Subnet Mask:
Remote Archive Name:
Default Gateway:
Services (Destination Devices)
Device Type
Manufacturer
Name
IP Address
Port
AE Title
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Chapter 3 Installation
3 - 25
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 3-10
Paperwork
NOTE:
3-10-1
NOTE:
During and after installation, the documentation (i.e. User Manuals, Installation Manuals...) for the
peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation. This will ensure that all
relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete
system.
Product Locator Installation
The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator
card.
Figure 3-23 Product Locator Installation Card
3-10-2
User Manual(s)
Check that the correct User Manual(s) for the system and software revision, is included with the
installation. Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available. Check with your GE
Sales Representative for availability.
3-10-2-1
Reference off-board peripherals and options
None.
3 - 26
Section 3-10 - Paperwork
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 4
Functional Checks
Section 4-1
Overview
4-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 4
This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO scanner
diagnostics by using the built-in service software, and power supply adjustments.
Table 4-15
Contents in Chapter 4
Section
Description
Page Number
4-1
Overview
4-1
4-2
Required Equipment
4-1
4-3
General Procedure
4-2
4-4
Software Configuration Checks
4-20
4-5
Peripheral Checks
4-21
4-6
Peripheral Checks
4-21
4-7
Site Log
4-24
\
NOTICE Most of the information pertaining to this Functional Checks chapter is found in the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
Quick Guide (Direction Number 2380205-100).
Section 4-2
Required Equipment
•
An empty (blank) MO Disk.
•
At least one transducer. See “Probe/Connectors Usage (QG)” on page 28. for an overview.
(normally you should check all the transducers used on the system.)
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-3
General Procedure
CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. The
covers are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.
NOTICE Lockout/Tagout Requirements (For USA only)
Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable
on the system.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT
Signed
Date
4-3-1
NOTE:
4-3-1-1
Power On/Boot Up
After turning off the system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system
may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.
Scanner Power On
1.) Connect the Main Power Cable to the back of the System.
2.) Ensure the Cable Clip slips securely over the shoulders on the molded plug.
3.) Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet.
4.) Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System.
4-2
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Scanner Power On (cont’d)
Main Circuit Breaker
Main Power Cable
Figure 4-24 Circuit Breaker
NOTE:
When power is applied to the Scanner, and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON, Power is
distributed to the ATX smps in the Back End Processor and Power control circuit in the AC
power assy . When the Power ON/OFF key is pressed once, the power control circuit turn on
the card cage and fans, and Back End Processor ,Monitor. Backend Processor starts and its
software code is distributed to initiate the scanner.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Scanner Power On (cont’d)
5.) Press the ON/OFF key at the front of the System once.
Serial
Composite
B/W
B/W Printer
Power
Figure 4-25 Power On/Off Standby Switch Location
4-3-2
NOTE:
4-3-2-1
Power Off / Shutdown
After turning off a system, wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again. The system may not be
able to boot if power is recycled too quickly.
Scanner shutdown
1.) Press the On/Off key at the front of the system once to display the SYSTEM - EXIT menu.
2.) Select Shutdown from the SYSTEM - EXIT menu.
Figure 4-26 System Exit Menu for System Shutdown
4-4
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-2-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Switch off the scanner
1.) Switch OFF the Circuit Breaker at the back of the scanner.
2.) Disconnect the Mains Power Cable is necessary. For example: Servicing or relocating the scanner.
NOTICE Disconnecting the Mains Power Cable before switching OFF the Circuit Breaker will activate the
uninterruptible power system (UPS) in the Back End Processor, forcing an ordered shutdown of the
system.
4-3-3
4-3-3-1
System Features
Control Panel
Figure 4-27 Control Panel Tour
1.) Video
2.) Audio On/Off and Volume
3.) TGC
4.) Reverse
5.) Additional Feature Keys
6.) Keyboard
7.) Mode/Gain Keys
8.) Imaging/Measurement Keys
9.) Depth
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-3-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Control Panel (cont’d)
10.)Imaging Feature Keys
11.)Freeze
12.)Probe and Cord Holder
13.)Gel Holder
14.)New Patient
15.)Application
16.)Report
17.)End Exam
18.)Mode Parameter
19.)Utility
20.)Top Menu control keys
21.)Submenu control keys
22.)Print keys
4-3-3-2
Sub Menu Control KeysMenu Key Panel
Figure 4-28 Menu Key Tour
1.) Patient: Enter Patient screen
2.) Reports: Activates default report and Measurement Selection Menu of report choices.
3.) End Exam: Activates Image Management and Measurement Selection Menu with end of exam
options.
4.) Utility: Activates the configuration system.
5.) Applications: Select the application to use and Probe select.
6.) Mode Paramenters: To toggle between the Primary menus of different modes
7.) Top menu Controls : Activates the changes of functions in the Top menu.
8.) Sub menu controls: Activates Sub Menu for Modes and toggles/changes functions.
At the bottom of the Keypad, there are five combination rotary dials/push buttons. The functionality of
these rotaries is changed, depending upon the currently displayed menu. Press the button to switch
between controls (as with Focus Position/Number), or rotate the dial to adjust the value.
4-6
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor Display
4
1
3
2
12
5
13
6
7
14
15
17
8
9
16
10
18
11
19
20
21
Figure 4-29 Monitor Display Tour
Table 4-16
Monitor Display Features
1. Institution/Hospital Name, Date, Time, Operator
Identification
2. Probe Identifier, Exam Study
3. Patient Name, Patient Identification
4. GE Symbol : Probe Orientation Marker. Coincides with a
probe orientation marking on the probe.
5. Image Preview
6. Gray/Color Bar
7. Cine Gauge
8. Measurement selection Menu
9. Image
10. Measurement
11. Result window
12. Imaging Paramenters by mode
13. Power Output Readout, system status
14. Focal Zone
15. Depth Scale
16. Body Pattern
17. TGC
18. Image Management Menu : Menu, Delete, and Image
Manager
19. Image Palette
20. System Messages Display
21. Trackball Fucntionality Status
22.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System B/M-Mode Checks
For a basic functional check of the system’s different modes, the Quick Guide will familiarize you with
image optimization for B-Mode, M-Mode, Color Flow, and Doppler.
Table 4-17
4-8
B/M-Mode Functions
Power Output (Acoustic Power)
Optimizes image quality and allows user to reduce beam
intensity. 10% increments between 0-100%. Values greater
than 0.1 are displayed
Dynamic Range
Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to
shades of gray, thereby increasing the adjustable range of
contrast.
Focus Number and Position
Increases the number of transmit focal zones or moves the
focal zone(s) so that you can tighten up the beam for a specific
area. A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone
position(s) appears on the right edge of the image.
Rejection
Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified (an
echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before it will be
processed).
Edge Enhance
Edge Enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and
boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences
corresponding to the edges of structures. Adjustments to M
Mode's edge enhancement affects the M Mode only.
Frame Average
Temporal filter that averages frames together. This has the
effect of presenting a smoother, softer image.
Colorize
Enables gray scale image colorization. To deactivate, reselect
a Gray Map.
Gray Map
Determines how the echo intensity levels received are
presented as shades of gray.
Rotation (Up/Down)
Rotates the image by selecting the value from the pop up menu.
Frequency
Multi Frequency mode lets you
downshift to the probe's next lower
frequency or shift up to a higher
frequency.
Frame Rate/Resolution
Optimizes B Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best
possible image.
B Flow
Provides intuitive representation of non-quantitative
hemodynamics in vascular structures.
Sensitivity/PRI
Adjusts the sample rate for the flow signal.
Background On/Off
Background On lets you view the anatomy roadmap;
Background Off lets you view just flow information.
Sweep Speed
Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept.
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System CFM and PWD Checks
Table 4-18
CFM and PWD Functions
Baseline
Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood
flows to eliminate aliasing.
PRF/Wall Filter
Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency. If the
sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability,
the system automatically switches to high PRF mode. Multiple
gates appear, and HPRF is indicated on the display.
Angle Correct
Estimates the flow velocity in a direction at an angle to the
Doppler vector by computing the angle between the Doppler
vector and the flow to be measured
Threshold
Threshold assigns the gray scale level at which color
information stops.
Map
Allows a specific color map to be selected. After a selection has
been made, the color bar displays the resultant map.
Invert
Allows blood flow to be viewed from a different perspective, i.e.
red away (negative velocities) and blue toward (positive
velocities). The real-time or frozen image can be inverted.
Packet Size
Controls the number of samples gathered for a single color flow
vector.
Quick Angle Correct
Quickly adjusts the angle by 60 degrees
Display layout can be preset to have B-Mode and Time-motion
side-by-side or over-under.
Doppler Display Formats
In the side-by-side layout, there are three display alternatives
defined: equal priority, time-motion priority or time-motion with
B-Mode reference.
In the over-under layout, there are three display alternatives
defined: time-motion priority, B Mode priority or equal priority.
Sample Volume Gate Length
Sizes the sample volume gate
Scan Area
Slants the B-Mode or Color Flow linear image left or right to get
more information without moving the probe
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-6
NOTE:
4-3-6-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Basic Measurements
The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze.
Distance and Tissue Depth Measurements
1.) Press MEASURE once; an active caliper displays.
2.) To position the active caliper at the start point (distance) or the most anterior point (tissue
depth), move the TRACKBALL.
3.) To fix the start point, press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active
caliper.
4.) To position the second active caliper at the end point (distance) or the most posterior point
(tissue depth), move the TRACKBALL.
5.) To complete the measurement, press SET. The system displays the distance or tissue depth
value in the measurement results window.
Before you complete a measurement:
To toggle between active calipers, press MEASURE.
To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again, press
CLEAR once.
NOTE:
To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers, turn CURSOR SELECT.
NOTE:
After you complete the measurement, to erase all data that has been measured to this point,
but not data entered onto worksheets, press CLEAR.
4-3-6-2
Circumference/Area (Ellipse) Measurement
1.) Press MEASURE once; an active caliper displays.
2.) To position the active caliper, move the TRACKBALL.
3.) To fix the start point, press SET. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active
caliper.
4.) To position the second caliper, move the TRACKBALL.
5.) Turn the ELLIPSE control; an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears.
NOTE:
Be careful not to press the Ellipse control as this activates the Body Pattern.
6.) To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers), move the
TRACKBALL.
7.) To increase the size, turn the ELLIPSE control in a clockwise direction. To decrease the size,
turn the ELLIPSE control in a counterclockwise direction.
8.) To toggle between active calipers, press MEASURE.
9.) To complete the measurement, press SET. The system displays the circumference and area
in the measurement results window.
Before you complete a measurement:
4 - 10
-
To erase the ellipse and the current data measured, press CLEAR once. The original caliper
is displayed to restart the measurement.
-
To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement, press CLEAR a
second time.
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-6-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Worksheets
Measurement/Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations.
There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets. The worksheets are selected
from the Measurement icon on the monitor screen after pressing measurement key.
4-3-6-4
Report Pages
Measurements/Calculations that are included on the worksheet can also be displayed on Report Pages.
Report Pages can be customized to meet the appropriate needs of the user.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-7
4-3-7-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Probe/Connectors Usage
Connecting a probe
1.) Place the probe's carrying case on a stable surface and open the case.
2.) Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cable.
3.) DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free. Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable
damage.
4.) Turn the connector locking handle counterclockwise.
5.) Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place.
6.) Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector.
7.) Carefully position the probe cable in the probe cord holder spot so it is free to move, but not
resting on the floor.
4-3-7-2
Activating the probe
Press the Appilcation button on the menu key panel in keyboard
Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicators on the monitor screen.
The probe activates in the currently-selected operating mode. The probe's default settings for the mode
and selected exam are used automatically.
4-3-7-3
Deactivating the probe
When deactivating the probe, the probe is automatically placed in standby mode.
1.) Press the Freeze key.
2.) Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe. (Refer to the Basic User Manual for
complete probe cleaning instructions.)
3.) Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard, toward the probe holder.
Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder.
4-3-7-4
Disconnecting the probe
Probes can be disconnected at any time. However, the probe should not be selected as the active
probe.
1.) Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise. Pull the probe and connector straight out of
the probe port.
2.) Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of
the keyboard. Ensure the cable is free.
3.) Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box.
4 - 12
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-8
4-3-8-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Using Cine
Activating CINE
Press FREEZE, then roll the TRACKBALL to activate CINE. To start CINE Loop playback, press the
left most button on the menu key panel of keyboard. To stop CINE Loop playback. press Run/Stop.
4-3-8-2
Quickly Move to Start/End Frame
Press FIRST to move to the first CINE frame; press LAST to move to the last CINE frame.
4-3-8-3
Start Frame/End Frame
Turn the START FRAME dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the
right to move forward through the CINE Loop.
Turn the END FRAME dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop. Turn the dial to the left to
move backward through the CINE Loop.
4-3-8-4
Adjusting the CINE Loop Playback Speed
Turn the LOOP SPEED dial right/left to increase/decrease the CINE Loop playback speed.
4-3-8-5
Disconnecting B-Mode CINE from Timeline CINE
To review the B-Mode CINE Loop only, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B ONLY.
To review the Timeline CINE Loop only, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select TL ONLY.
To return to linked B-Mode and Timeline CINE Loop review, press CINE MODE SELECTION and select
B/TL.
4-3-8-6
Moving through a CINE Loop Frame By Frame
Turn FRAME BY FRAME to move through CINE memory one frame at a time.
4-3-9
Image Management (QG)
For Image Management functionality refer to the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Quick Guide. It talks about several
topics:
•
Clipboard
•
Printing Images
•
Browsing and Managing an Exam’s Stored Image
•
Connectivity, and Dataflow Concept and Creation
•
Starting an Exam
•
Configuring Connectivity
•
TCP/IP
•
Services (Destinations)
•
Buttons
•
Views
Verifying and Pinging a Device
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-10
4-3-10-1
NOTICE
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Using the CD-RW / MOD (Magneto-Optical Drive)
Using the CD-RW
Never move the unit with a disk in the CD-RW because the drive actuator will not be locked
and the CD-RW could break.
1.) Push the EJECT button, the disk tray will appear.
2.) Put the disk onto the disk tray.
3.) Press the EJECT button to insert the disk into the CD-RW device.
4.) There are a number of methods to eject a disk from the CD-RW. Ejection is automatic in some
cases. Manual ejection methods, listed in preferred order of use, are:
a.) Press EJECT button on the CD-RW while system is ON.
b.) Press and hold EJECT button while the system is booting.
c.) Mechanical ejection. Insert the end of a paper clip into the hole next to the EJECT button while
system power is OFF.
NOTICE
Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible. Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator
unlocked and the MOD susceptible to damage if moved. If forced to use this method, reboot
the system, then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other methods.
CD-RW Drive
Eject Button
Figure 4-30 CD-RW drives
4 - 14
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-10-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Using the MOD (Magneto-Optical Drive)
The 3.5 inch Magneto-Optical disk drive supports the following densities:
Standard: 1.3GB; 640MB; 540MB; 230MB; and 128MB
Overwrite: 1.3GB; 640MB; and 540MB
1.) Before installing an MO disk in the MOD, check the MO disk for loose hardware or damaged labels
which could jam inside the MOD. Also, ensure that the slide switch in one corner of the disk is set
so that the disk is write enabled (disk hole closed).
2.) Insert the disk into the MOD with the label facing up.
NOTICE Never move the unit with a disk in the MOD because the drive actuator will not be locked and
the MOD could break.
3.) There are different methods to eject a disk from the MOD. In some cases disk ejection is automatic.
Manual ejection methods are listed below in preferred order from best (1) to worst (4).
a.) When in Archive Menu, use the softkey choice –or– click Image Presets up, then click the left
softkey switch up for ARCHIVE, then toggle the switch under EJECT MOD.
b.) Press the EJECT switch on the MOD while system is ON.
c.) Press and hold the EJECT switch while the system is booting.
d.) Mechanical ejection. Insert the end of a paper clip into the hole next to the EJECT switch while
system power is OFF.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-11
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Backup and Restore Database, Preset Configurations and Images
NOTICE Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible. Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator
unlocked and the MOD susceptible to damage if moved. If forced to use this method, reboot the
system, then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other manual ejection
methods.
4-3-11-1
Formatting Media
1.) To format the backup media, CD-ROM or MOD, select the UTILITY button on the Menu panel.
2.) Select CONNECTIVITY, then TOOL( in case of BT05 SW, REMOVABLE MEDIA )on the
monitor screen. Properly label and Insert the backup media.
3.) Select the media type from the drop down menu.
4.) Enter the label for the media as shown in Figure 4-31. It is best to use all capital letters with no
spaces or punctuation marks.
Figure 4-31 Format and Verify Media
5.) The Ultrasound system displays a pop-up menu, as shown in Figure 4-32. When the formatting
has been completed, press OK to continue.
6.) If desired, verify that the format was successful by returning to Utility>Connectivity>Tools (in
case of BT05 SW, Removable Media) and selecting VERIFY as shown in Figure 4-31.
4 - 16
Figure 4-32 Format Successful Pop-up Menu
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-11-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Backup System Presets and Configurations
Always backup any preset configurations before a software reload. This ensures that if the presets need
to be reloaded, after the software update, they will be the same ones the customer was using prior to
service.
1.) Insert a formatted MOD (Magneto-Optical Disk) or CD-R into the drive.
2.) On the Touch Panel, press UTILITY.
3.) On the Utility Touch Panel, press SYSTEM.
4.) On the monitor display, select BACKUP/RESTORE.
NOTE:
If you are not logged in as GE Service or with administrator privileges, the Operator Login
window is displayed. Log on with administrator privileges.
5.) In the Backup list, select Patient Archive, Report Archive, System Configuration and User Defined
Configuration.
6.) In the Media field, select MO or CD-RW.
7.) Select BACKUP.
The system performs the backup. As it proceeds, status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore
screen.
Check here to
backup presets
and configurations
Figure 4-33 Backup/Restore Menu
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-11-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Restore System Presets and Configurations
CAUTION The restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive. Make sure to insert
the correct MOD or CD-R.
1.) Insert the Backup/Restore MOD (Magneto-Optical Disk) or CD-R into the drive.
2.) On the Touch Panel, press UTILITY.
3.) On the Utility Touch Panel, press SYSTEM.
4.) On the monitor display, select BACKUP/RESTORE.
NOTE:
If you are not logged in with administrator privileges, the Operator Login window is displayed.
Log on with administrator privileges.
5.) In the Restore list, select Patient Archive, Report Archive, System Configuration and User Defined
Configuration.
6.) In the Media field, select the Backup/Restore MOD or CD-RW.
7.) Select RESTORE.
The system performs the restore. As it proceeds, status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore
screen.
Check here to
restore presets
and configurations
Figure 4-34 Backup/Restore Menu
4 - 18
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-11-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Archiving Images
To export an exam(s) to a compatible Ultrasound system:
1.) Format the removable media (MOD or CD-ROM). Label the removable media. Answer Yes/OK
to the messages.Press Patient. Deselect any selected patient(s) in the search portion of the
Patient screen. Press Exam Data Transfer (located at the upper, left-hand corner of the Patient
menu).
Figure 4-35 Exam Data Transfer
2.) Select Export task Button.
Figure 4-36 Task button
3.) The [From] combo box is not active. It displays Local Archive. The [To] combo box is active.
Select the type of removable media MOD or CD Rom. Then please wait until the patient list is
visible.
Figure 4-37 To Combo Box
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-11-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Archiving Images (cont’d)
4.) In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu, select the patient(s) you want to export. You
can use Windows commands to select more than one patient. To select a consecutive list of
patients, click the cursor on the first name, move the cursor to the last name, then press and
hold down the Shift+right Set key to select all the names. To select a non-consecutive list of
patients, click the cursor at the first name, move the cursor to the next name, then press and
hold down the Ctrl+right Set key, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down
the Ctrl+right Set key again, etc. You can also search for patients via the Search key and string.
Or, Select All Button from the Patient Menu:
Figure 4-38 Source Section
NOTE:
You need to use your best judgment when moving patients' images. If there are lots of images
or loops, then only move a few patients at a time.
5.) Once you have selected all of the patients to export, press Transfer Button as shown in Figure
4-38.
6.) The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place. Once transfer completed, the exported
patient list will be shown as Figure 4-39..
Figure 4-39 Destination Section of Patient Screen
7.) Press F3 to eject the media. Specify that you want to finalize the CD-ROM.
4 - 20
Section 4-3 - General Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-3-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ECG Check Out (this option is currently not available on the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
Connect the ECG Harness and check:
Table 4-19
Step
1.
ECG Harness Check
Task to do
Connect the ECG at the Connector on the Front of the
scanner.
Expected Result(s)
It will display a curve along the bottom edge of the image
sector
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-4
Application Turnover Checklist
Complete these checks before returning the scanner to customer for use:
1.) TBD
Section 4-5
Software Configuration Checks
Table 4-20
Step
4 - 22
Software Configuration Checks
Task to do
Expected Result(s)
1.
Check Date and Time setting
Date and Time are correct
2.
Check that Location (Hospital Name) is correct
Location Name is correct
3.
Check Language settings
Desired Language is displayed
4.
Check assignment of Printer Keys
Print1-4 Keys are assigned as desired by the customer
5.
Check that all of the customer’s options are set up correct All authorized functions are enabled
Section 4-4 - Application Turnover Checklist
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-6
Peripheral Checks
Check that peripherals work as described below:
Table 4-21
Step
Peripheral Checks
Task to do
Expected Result(s)
1.
Press (FREEZE)
Stop image acquisition.
2.
Press (PRINT 1) or (PRINT 2) on the
keyboardl
The image displayed on the screen is printed on B&W or Color printer,
depending on the key assignment configuration
3.
Press VIDEO on the keyboard.
To start the video counter at a different point:
4.
Press UPDATE MENU in the Trackball area. The Video Set Counter / Search Dialog window is displayed
5.
Use the alphanumeric keyboard to enter
the counter number in the counter field.
Number appears
6.
Press SET COUNTER to save the change.
Number is saved
7.
Press VIDEO on the Control Panel
to return to the scanning mode
8.
Press REC/PAUSE on the Control panel.
9.
Press REC/PAUSE on the Control panel.
10.
Press VIDEO on the Control Panel and the
assignable play
11.
Use the Assignable keys on the Control
Panel
to Start Recording
A red dot is displayed in the VCR status area on the Title bar to indicate
that recording has begun
To Stop recording
The video status icon is changed to (Pause)
To start, Play back an examination
to perform actions on the recorded session, such as stop, pause, rewind
or fast forward.
The video status icon in updated accordingly.
12.
While in playback mode, use the
TRACKBALL to adjust the video playback
speed and scroll through the record.
To search on the tape
13.
Press the assignable PAUSE
to stop the tape at the desired frame.
14.
When playing back an examination
part of it can be stored on the computer’s memory as a cineloop.The
cineloop enables the user to perform further operations on the stored
section (see for further information on cineloop operation).
15.
Press (FREEZE) while playing back a
recorded session.
To store a recorded sequence as a cineloop. The last few seconds are
stored as a cineloop.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-7
Site Log
Table 4-22
Date
4 - 24
Site Log
Service person
Problem
Section 4-7 - Site Log
Comments
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-8
Software Configuration Checks
Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3-6 - System Configuration for setting procedures.
Table 4-23
Software Configuration Checks
Step
Task to do
Expected Result(s)
1.
Check Date and Time setting
Date and Time are correct
2.
Check that Location (Hospital Name and
Department) is correct
Location Name is correct
3.
Check Language setting
Language is proper
4.
Check Units setting
Units are proper
Section 4-9
Peripheral Checks
Check that peripherals work as described below:
Table 4-24
Peripheral checks
Step
Task to do
Expected Result(s)
1.
Press Freeze
Stop image acquisition.
2.
Press (P1) or (P4) on the Control panel
The image displayed on the screen is printed
on B&W or Color printer depending on the
key assignment configuration.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 25
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-10Monitor Function Checks
4-10-1
CRT Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Select "Utility Key" on the Key board and then choose " Test Pattern" and "Resolution" marked in
Figure 4-40.
Figure 4-40 Monitor Test pattern screen
3.) All the Numbers from '0' to '100' on the Monitor Test pattern screen above should be easily
distinguished.
4-10-2
Monitor Cable Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Select "Utility Key" on the Key board and then choose " Test Pattern" and "Resolution" marked in
Figure 4-40.
3.) All the Numbers from '0' to '100' on the Monitor Test pattern screen above should be easily
distinguished.
4-10-3
Monitor S/W Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Select "Utility Key" on the Key board and then choose " Test Pattern" and "Resolution" marked in
Figure 4-40.
3.) All the Numbers from '0' to '100' on the Monitor Test pattern screen above should be easily
distinguished.
4 - 26
Section 4-10 - Monitor Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-10-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Rear panel Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Refer to See “Peripheral Checks” on page 4-21.
3.) Refer to 5-7-2 - Peripherals and Cable connection on page 5-29 ~ 5-33.
Figure 4-41 Rear Panel
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 27
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-11Keyboard Function Checks
4-11-1
Main Keyboard Assy validation
1.) Boot up the system
2.) Insert the Service Dongle and go to the maintenance mode.
3.) Click 'Start' and go to 'Run' .
Figure 4-42 start and run
4.) Click the Run and then you can get the 'Run' dialog box.
5.) Write the 'cmd 'command into 'Run' dialog box and press 'OK' button to display command prompt.
Figure 4-43 Run dialog box
4 - 28
Figure 4-44 command prompt
Section 4-11 - Keyboard Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Main Keyboard Assy validation (cont’d)
6.) Write the 'scfpapitest.exe' on the command prompt and press 'Enter' button to pop up the
scfpapitest program.
Figure 4-45 scfpapitest program
7.) Press the keyboard button and rotate rotary button. When you press or rotary keys, Log dialog box
displays the key log. Button name and displaying log name is like the table.
Button or
Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
Button or
Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
Record
External Output or VCR
button
B pause
B Pause Button
Userdefine 1
Userdefine 1 Button
Depth (Button)
Depth PushEncoder Button
Userdefine 2
Userdefine 2 Button
Depth (Rotary)
Depth PushEncoder Button
Userdefine 3
Userdefine 3 Button
B (Button)
B PushEncoder Button
3D
3D Button
B (Rotary)
B PushEncoder Rotary
Userdefine 4
Userdefine 4 Button
CF (Button)
CFM PushEncoder Button
Harmonic
Harmonics Button
CF (Rotary)
CFM PushEncoder Rotary
Table 4-25
Button and Rotary table
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 29
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Button or
Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
Button or
Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
Reverse
Reverse Button
PDI
PDI Button
P1
Print or record button1
PW (Button)
PWD PushEncoder Button
P2
Print or record button2
PW (Rotary)
PWD PushEncoder Rotary
P3
Print or record button3
CW
CW Button
P4
Print or record button4
M (Button)
M Mode PushEncoder
Button
L (Left)
Left Button
M (Rotary)
M Mode PushEncoder
Rotary
R (Right)
Right Button
Measure
Measure Button
BodyPattern/
Ellipse (Button)
BodyPattern/Ellipse
PushEncoder Button
B Flow
B Flow Button
BodyPattern/
Ellipse (Rotary)
BodyPattern/Ellipse
PushEncoder Rotary
Comment
Comment Button
Auto Right
Auto Right Button
Clear
Clear Button
Auto Left
Auto Left Button
TGC Slide
Slider : n=8 s1 ~ s8
Audio (Button)
Audio/Mic PushEncoder
Button
Scan Area
ScanArea Button
Audio (Rotary)
Audio/Mic PushEncoder
Rotary
Spare Button
Spare Button
Zoom (Button)
Zoom/Size PushEncoder
Button
M/D Cursor
MD Cursor Button
Zoom (Rotary)
Zoom/Size PushEncoder
Rotary
Freeze
Freeze Button
Table 4-25
Button and Rotary table
NOTICE When you can check the name displayed in log as you press or rotate keys, the main keyboard assy
was replaced correctly.
4 - 30
Section 4-11 - Keyboard Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Main Keyboard Assy validation (cont’d)
8.) Check the 'Fast' radio button into Indicator box on scfpapitest program and press 'Set All' button.
Figure 4-46 Fast button
NOTICE After pressing Fast radio button, indicators should be blanked on the frontpanel.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 31
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel Encoder Assy Validation
1.) Follow up the procedure 8-4-1 to run the scfpapitest program.
2.) Check the each Encoder in Table 4-25 on page 29.
NOTICE While rotating or pressing encoders, Encoder message should be displayed in Log of Scfpapitest.exe
4-11-3
OP Panel TGC assay Validation
1.) Follow up the procedure section 4-11-1 on page 28 to run the scfpapitest program.
2.) Slide TGC pot and check up the value.
NOTICE While sliding TGC pot, TGC message should be displayed.
4-11-4
TGC Knob Set validation
1.) Follow up the procedure section 4-11-1 on page 28 to run the scfpapitest program.
2.) Slide TGC pot and check up the value.
NOTICE While sliding TGC pot, TGC message should be displayed.
4-11-5
A/N Key assy validation
1.) Boot up the system
2.) Press 'Comment' button
3.) Press A/N keyboard.
NOTICE Each key should be displayed on the monitor display.
4-11-6
Trackball Assy validation
1.) Boot up the system
2.) Press the measurement button.
3.) Move the Trackball
NOTICE When you move the trackball in measurement mode, the cursor should be moved.
4-11-7
OP Panel HUB Board Assy Validation
1.) 4-11-1 - Main Keyboard Assy validation process.
2.) 4-11-5 - A/N Key assy validation validation process.
3.) 4-11-6 - Trackball Assy validation process.
NOTICE Main keyboard, A/N Keyboard and Trackball should be working.
4 - 32
Section 4-11 - Keyboard Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel LCD Assy Validation
1.) Boot up the system.
2.) Follow up the process from step1 to step7 of Section 4-11-1.
3.) Touch the touchpanel.
Figure 4-47 Touchpanel
NOTICE In case of touch point is displayed in log of scfpapitest.exe while you press the touchpanel, LCD assy
is connected correctly.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 33
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-9
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy Validation
1.) Boot up the system and run the scfpapitest program.
NOTICE Follow up the procedure from step 1 to step 7 of Section 4-11-1 to run the scfpapitest program.
2.) Press and Rotary LCD Encoder.
3.) Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest program.
Button or Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
1 Button
PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Button
2 Button
PushEncoder 2 of Touchpanel Button
3 Button
PushEncoder 3 of Touchpanel Button
4 Button
PushEncoder 4 of Touchpanel Button
5 Button
PushEncoder 5 of Touchpanel Button
1 Rotary
PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Rotary
2 Rotary
PushEncoder 2 of Touchpanel Rotary
3 Rotary
PushEncoder 3 of Touchpanel Rotary
4 Rotary
PushEncoder 4 of Touchpanel Rotary
5 Rotary
PushEncoder 5 of Touchpanel Rotary
Brightness Rotary
Brightness PushEncoder Rotary
Table 4-26
Button and Rotary Table
NOTICE The Name displayed in log while rotating the rotary button, The menu Encoder is working correctly.
4 - 34
Section 4-11 - Keyboard Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-10
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Menu Key Assy
1.) Boot up the system and run the scfpapitest program.
NOTICE Follow up the procedure from step 1 to step 7 of Section 4-11-1 to run the scfpapitest program.
2.) Press and Rotary sub keyboard, and Paddle(up/down, right/left) button.
3.) Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest program.
Button or Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
Patient
New Patient Button
Report
Report Button
End Exam
End Exam Button
Mode Parameters
Application Button
Utility
Utility Button
Spare button
L5Pro Spare Button
Up
Paddle Up Button
Down
Paddle Down Button
Left
Paddle Left Button
Right
Paddle Right Button
Table 4-27
Button and Rotary Table
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 35
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-11
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Menu Encoder Assy
1.) Boot up the system and run the scfpapitest program.
NOTICE Follow up the procedure from step 1 to step 7 of Section 4-11-1 to run the scfpapitest program.
2.) Press and Rotary sub keyboard, and Paddle(up/down, right/left) button.
3.) Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest program.
Button or Rotary Name
The Name displayed in Log
1 Button
PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Button
2 Button
PushEncoder 2 of Touchpanel Button
3 Button
PushEncoder 3 of Touchpanel Button
4 Button
PushEncoder 4 of Touchpanel Button
5 Button
PushEncoder 5 of Touchpanel Button
1 Rotary
PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Rotary
2 Rotary
PushEncoder 2 of Touchpanel Rotary
3 Rotary
PushEncoder 3 of Touchpanel Rotary
4 Rotary
PushEncoder 4 of Touchpanel Rotary
5 Rotary
PushEncoder 5 of Touchpanel Rotary
Table 4-28
Button and Rotary Table
NOTICE The Name displayed in log while rotating the rotary button, The menu Encoder is working correctly.
4 - 36
Section 4-11 - Keyboard Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Speaker Assy Validation
1.) Boot up the system
2.) Insert the Service Dongle and go to the maintenance mode.
3.) Move to trackball to the bottom of main monitor.
Figure 4-48 Maintenance display
4.) Double click the audio icon at the bottom of the display.
Figure 4-49 Open Volume Control
5.) Go and Click the Open Volume Control.
Figure 4-50 Volume Control panel
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 37
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-11-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Speaker Assy Validation (cont’d)
6.) At the Balance in Volume Control, move the gauge to the max left.
Figure 4-51 Volume control for left speaker
7.) Move the Volume gauge up and down.
NOTICE While moving the volume gauge, you can hear the audio sound only from Left speaker.
8.) At the Balance in Volume Control, move the gauge to the max right.
Figure 4-52 Volume control for right speaker
9.) Move the Volume gauge up and down.
NOTICE While moving the volume gauge, you can hear the audio sound only from Right speaker.
NOTICE When you can hear the audio sound at the left and right speaker, The speaker assy is connected
correctly.
4 - 38
Section 4-11 - Keyboard Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-12
Mechanical Function Checks
4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Table 4-29
Cover parts of the FRU
No
Item
1
Right and Left cover
2
Front cover
3
Rear cover
4
Rear Door cover
5
Top cover
6
Front base cover
7
Front cover
8
OP Side L cover
9
OP Side R cover
10
OP Rear cover
11
OP Buttom cover
12
OP Curtain cover
13
EMI cover L
14
EMI cover R
15
Side cap
16
Side Fringe
17
Rear Handle
18
ECG cable hook
Function Check/Validation Category
- Check if the FRU parts are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands.
- Check if there are dents, scratches, or cracks on the FRU parts.
- Check if screws are in place.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 39
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-12-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Task Lamp Assy
Check if task lamp is operated.
Figure 4-53 Task Lamp Assy
4-12-1-2
Keyboard Front Grip
•
Check if the keyboard front grip is fastened so that it won't move.
•
Check if the keyboard front grip can not be removed easily.
Figure 4-54 Keyboard Front Grip
4-12-1-3
Probe holder
•
Check if the probe holder is fastened so that it won't move.
•
Check if the probe holder can not be removed easily.
Figure 4-55 Probe holder
4 - 40
Section 4-12 - Mechanical Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-12-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Gas Spring Assy
Check if the up and down mechanism operates rightly.
Figure 4-56 Gas Spring Assy
4-12-1-5
Front caster/Rear caster
•
Check caster locks for proper operation.
•
Check caster's motion for proper operation.
•
Check if screws are in place.
Figure 4-57 Front caster/Rear caster
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 41
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-12-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Bumper Set
•
Check if the bumper set is fastened so that it won't move.
•
Check if the bumper set can not be removed easily.
Figure 4-58 Bumper Set
4-12-1-7
Air filter set
Check if the air filter set is placed deep inside.
Figure 4-59 Air filter set
4 - 42
Section 4-12 - Mechanical Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-12-1-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel Encoder Assy, TGC Knob Set, OP Panel LCD Encoder Assy, Menu Encoder Assy
•
Check if the each button operates properly.
•
Check if encoder knobs are in the center.
•
Check if the keycap set can not be removed easily.
Figure 4-60 Keyboard Assy
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 43
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-12-1-9
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor Cover Set
•
Check if the FRU parts are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands.
•
Check if there are dents, scratches, or cracks on the FRU parts.
•
Check if screws are in place.
•
Check if the each button of the monitor operates properly.
Figure 4-61 Monitor Cover Set
4 - 44
Section 4-12 - Mechanical Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 4-13Board Function Checks
4-13-1
RLY Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system
2.) After completion of echoloader loading, connect probe on port1. See “Connecting a probe” on
page 4-11.
3.) Log into "Service Login". Refer to Section 5-10-2 - Global Service User Interface (GSUI) on page
5-42.
4.) Click "Diagnostics" on top menu.
5.) On left folder window, select 'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU test'=>'RLY'.
6.) Select 'RLY Full Test' and execute test.
7.) All diagnostic test items should be passed. Refer to the figure below.
Figure 4-62 RLY diagnostic test
8.) Activate probe. Refer to Section 4-3-7-2 - Activating the probe on page 4-11.
9.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
10.)Disconnect probe. Refer to Section 4-3-7-4 - Disconnecting the probe on page 4-11.
11.)Connect probe on port2 and repeat step 8) ~ 10).
12.)Connect probe on port3 and repeat step 8) ~ 10).
13.)All basic functions must show correct operation as described.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 45
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
LMT Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-3
PMP Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'PMP Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
5.) All diagnostic test item of PMP should be passed.
Figure 4-63 PMP Diagnostic test
6.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4 - 46
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
RDS Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'RDS Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
5.) All diagnostic test item of RDS should be passed.
Figure 4-64 RDS Diagnostic test
6.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 47
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ATD Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'ATD Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
5.) All diagnostic test item of ATD should be passed.
Figure 4-65 ATD Diagnostic test
6.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4 - 48
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
FECII Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'FECII Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
5.) All diagnostic test item of FECII should be passed.
Figure 4-66 FECII Diagnostic test
6.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 49
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
CWDOP Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'CWDOP Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
5.) All diagnostic test item of CWDOP should be passed.
Figure 4-67 CWDOP Diagnostic test
6.) Reboot up the system
7.) Connect Probe in Probe port (Sector or Pencil Probe).
8.) After system boot up, select the CWD mode.
9.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page
4-8.
4 - 50
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Backplane Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-9
SIG Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-10
DC FAN Assy function check procedure
1.) After replace DC FAN Assy, turn on the system. Refer to Section 3-5-1 - Power On/Boot Up on page
3-11.
2.) Check the FAN rotating with naked eye and check the FAN operating by rotating sound. No strange
sound should be heard.
Figure 4-68 Check DC FAN rotating
NOTE:
Do not close the EMI BRKT and right plastic cover before check the FAN operation.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 51
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-11
4-13-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Assy function check procedure
HDD, Memory, CPU Diagnositc Test
1.) The Start up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is Turned ON.
2.) Figure 4-69 displays when Service Dongle inserted in Rear Panel.
Figure 4-69 Start Application window
3.) To enter the Maintenance Mode, select Maintenance button.
4.) To start Diagonistic Test, Execute PC Doctor.
'Start' => 'Programs' => 'PC Doctor'
5.) HDD Test
Select Hard driver test manu, start to testing(Figure 4-70).
Check display 'Pass' massage
4 - 52
Figure 4-70 HDD Test
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
HDD, Memory, CPU Diagnositc Test (cont’d)
6.) Memory Test
Select Memory test manu, start to testing
Check display 'Pass' massage
Figure 4-71 Memory Test
7.) CPU Test
Select CPU test manu, start to testing
Check display 'Pass' massage
Figure 4-72 CPU Test
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 53
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-11-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Basic Function Test
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-11-3
Peripheral Test
1.) See “Peripheral Checks” on page 4-23.
4 - 54
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
VIC Assy function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'VIC Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
5.) All diagnostic test item of VIC should be passed.
Figure 4-73 VIC Diagnostic test
6.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 55
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-13
4-13-13-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
SMPS, HDD, ODD Assy function check procedure
SMPS Assy Test
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-13-2
HDD Test
1.) Refer to 4-13-11-2 - Basic Function Test.
4-13-13-3
ODD Test
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Enter "Patient" Mode
3.) Select "Transfer" button and then Insert CD/DVD media which is included patient data. Execute
"Import".
Check display 'Success' message.
4.) Select "Transfer" button and then execute "Export". Insert empty CD/DVD media.
Check display 'Success' message.
5.) Execute "Ez back up". Insert empty CD/DVD media.
Check display 'Success' message.
4 - 56
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PC2IP Assy function check procedure.
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Do the Service Login. Refer to the Section 5-10-2-2 - Service Login on page 5-42.
3.) Select 'Diagnostics'=>'LOGIQ 5 Diagnostics'=>'FRU Test'=>'PC2IP Full Test'
4.) Execute the diagnostic test.
All diagnostic test item of PC2IP should be passed.
Figure 4-74 PC2IP Diagnostic test
5.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
Chapter 4 Functional Checks
4 - 57
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
4-13-15
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
AC Power Assy function check procedure.
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-16
LV Unit function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-17
JPC function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-18
Transformer function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-19
AC Power Box function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
2.) Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 47. Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4-13-20
Fuse set function check procedure
1.) Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading.
Check the system basic functions. Refer to Section 4-3-4 - System B/M-Mode Checks on page 4-7.
Refer to Section 4-3-5 - System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4-8.
4 - 58
Section 4-13 - Board Function Checks
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 5
Components and Functions (Theory)
Section 5-1
Overview
5-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 5
This chapter explains LOGIQ™ 5 PRO’s system concepts, component arrangement, and subsystem
function. It also describes the Power Distribution System (PDS) and probes.
Table 5-1
Contents in Chapter 5
Section
Description
Page Number
5-1
Overview
5-1
5-2
General Information
5-2
5-3
Block Diagram
5-3
5-4
Front End
5-5
5-5
Backend Processor
5-14
5-6
Top Console
5-23
5-7
External I/O (Rear Panel)
5-26
5-8
Power Diagrams
5-35
5-9
Air Flow
5-38
5-10
Service Platform
5-40
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-2
General Information
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner. It has provisions for analog
input sources like ECG. A Doppler probe may also be connected and used.
The system can be used for:
-
2D Gray Scale and 2D Color Flow Imaging
-
M-Mode Gray Scale Imaging
-
Color M-Mode
-
Doppler
-
Different combinations of the above modes
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO is a digital beamforming system.
Signal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End Electronics, to the Back-End
Processor, and finally displayed on the monitor and peripherals.
System configuration is stored on the hard drive and all necessary software is loaded from the hard drive
on power up.
Name Plate
Monitor
Monitor Controls
Task Lamp
Menu Key Panel Area
Power On/Off Switch
Operator Console
TGC Slidepot Knobs
Serial
Composite
B/W
B/W Printer
Power
B/W Printer
Front Cover
CD-ROM
MOD
Probe Connector
ECG Module
Front Bumper
Swivel Lock & Brake Release
Figure 5-1 LOGIQ™ 5 PRO Major Components
5-2
Section 5-2 - General Information
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-3
Block Diagram
SIG Assy
PMT Assy
VCA2613
ATD Assy
CWDOP
Assy
VCA2613
(option)
TPG2
TxPulse Driver X16
TPG2
TxPulse Driver X16
VCA2613
VCA2613
VCA2613
TxPulse Driver X16
TxPulse Driver X16
TPG2
LMT Assy
TPG2
RLY Assy(Prb VF)
TXIC
FPGA
VCA2613
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Probe
Connector
Probe
Connector
R
E
L
A
Y
M
U
X
Probe
Connector
PLY Control
TEST
SIGNAL
TGC
DRIVER
THV
Switch
JUSC
Buffer
Clock
Switch
JUSC Buffer
BackPanel
VGA from BEP
AC Power Assy
Key Board
A/D Board
for VGA
LV Power Supply
Main
Controller
USC
Controller
AC
INPUT
6.4" LCD
Isolation Transformer
Touch
Screen
USB
Power Shut Down Control
(SSR)
Power Control From VIC in BEP
Figure 5-2 LOGIQ™ 5 PRO System Block Diagram
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 5-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Block Diagram (cont’d)
SIG Assy
12 Bits ADC
Buffer
12 Bits ADC
Buffer
12 Bits ADC
Buffer
12 Bits ADC
Buffer
12 Bits ADC
Buffer
12 Bits ADC
Buffer
12 Bits ADC
FEC Assy
FLASH
Memory
ADDER
Memory
16MB
Control
Harmonic Filter
Data
Line Buffer
&
Memory
Controller
COMSO
Conrtol
FPGA
JUSC
CONTROL
JUSC
Buffer
SH4
for
Scan Control
PCI MF for SH4
OQCARD
12 Bits ADC
OQCARD
Buffer
RDS Assy
OQCARD
(Option)
Buffer
OQCARD
CWDOP
Assy
Memory
PCI BUS
Memory
JUSC
BUS
Voltage
Reference
Power
Check
HV
Control
PGC Siginal
Gen
Clock Gen. Circuit
Backplane
PC2IP Board
HV Assy
RS232
MODEM
AGP Video Card
VIC Card
Main Memory
512MB
Sound Card
ECC
RJ45
MOD
LAN
Chipset
Chipset
EIDE
CPU
P4
CDRW
HDD
USB Battery
USB
ATX Power Supply
PC BackEnd
Figure 5-3 LOGIQ™ 5 PRO System Block Diagram (cont’d)
5-4
1960
for
PCI I/F
Section 5-3 - Block Diagram
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-4
Front End
DC Power
output for
FAN(15v)
DC Power output for
Keyboard(15V,5V)
DC Power Input
(3.3V, 6V,-6V,
15V,-15V,5V)
AC Power Input
(110V)
for HV
Back plane Board
LMT Board
#7 HV Board
#6 FEC Board
#5 RDS Board
#4 RDS Board
(Option)
#3 CWDOP Board
#2 ATD Board
#1 PMP Board
RLY Board
SIG Board
Figure 5-4 The Front End
The Front End generates the strong burst transmitted by the probes as ultrasound into the body. It also
receives weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure, amplifies these signals and
converts them to an digital signal.
The digital representation of this signal is presented to the Mid Processor section.
•
RLY(Relay) : RLY Assy contains 3 connectors for probe interface and arrays of relays for switchable
connection. High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and
selectable 64 channels transmit/receive signal
•
LMT (Limiter) : This has transmit/receiving switch to isolate rx signal circuit from transmit pulse.
•
PMP(Preamplifier) : The preamplifier amplifies 64 echo signals. The amplified receiving signals are
sent to RDS.
•
ATD (Advanced Transmit Driver) :This has 64 channel Transmit pulse generator, bipolar pulse
drivers, delay controller.
•
RDS (Receiving Delay Summing) : Cascading two receiving beam formers (two RDSs) allows the
system to achieve 64ch delay summing.
•
FEC (Front End Control) : FEC control scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to others
board, ATD,RDS,RLY,PMP. Proper signal processing for tissue and dop are done in FEC
•
HV(High Voltage) : Generates THV and SHV for transmit pulse driver and High voltage mux.
•
SIG(Signal) : Receiving echo signal from PMP is transfer to RDS through this SIG
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-1
Probe A
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
RLY
128
RELAY
128
Probe B
Probe C
RELAY
128
128
MUX
128
To LMT
SHV
Probe ID
I/F
DCWD
Probe I/F
64
Control
Circuit
Control
FPGA
Temperature
Sensor
JUSC I/F
Figure 5-5 RLY Block Diagram
RLY ASSY contains of 3 phased array probe connectors and provides switchable connection between
probes and 64ch transmitters/receivers.
NOTE:
There is no numeric order in the probe port, system recognizes the first probe slotted on the
port as the probe #1, regardless of the probe port location.
This board also has interface for a single CWD probe connector.
The main function of RLY ASSY is as follows.
5-6
-
3-to-1 selectors for three probes.
-
Interface with JUSC bus (control bus)
-
Interface with FEC ASSY for IIC bus.
-
Interface with DCWD Connector.
-
Supply/Cut control and failure detection of supply voltage for Mux circuit in a Probe.
-
Device: Mechanical Relay
-
Switch: 128ch 3:1 selector
-
Temperature sensor in this assy detects temperature of RLY assy.
Section 5-4 - Front End
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-1-1
Interface to Probe
•
•
•
Probe Status detection
-
Detects whether or not a probe is connected.(POPEN)
-
Detects ID code of a connected probe.(PCODE)
Mux Interface
-
Transfers control data of Mux to a probe.(CONSYS,CONSTA)
-
Enables/Disables control of data.
-
Detects whether Mux data setting is finished or not.
Power Supply for Mux
-
•
•
Detects resistance of a thermistor in a probe head as voltage when the probe is
selected.(PTEMP) This signal is connected to FEC.
LED Blinking
-
5-4-2
Supply/Cut control:
+5V and +15V on a connector are supplied while a probe is connected to the connector.
+/-SHV are supplied only while a probe is selected.
Surface temperature
-
5-4-1-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
The LED in a probe blinks when the probe is selected.
IIC bus
-
Connects signals of IIC bus with a relay when IIC bus access is required.
-
Selects one of three probes that IIC access with 3-to-1 switch.
LMT
USB from BEP
USB
MICOM
With HUB
A/N Key Assy
Function Key Arrys
A/N Matrix
Interface
USB HUB
USB
Track Ball
Down #1
USB I/F
USB I/F
Encoders
Keyboard
Control
MICOM
USB
MICOM
TGC SLide POT
RS232
LEDs for Key
backlight
Down #2
Foot Switch I/F
Down #4
Touch Screen
Interface
Down #4
USB I/F
USB#1, #2 From
Rear Panel
RAM
USB I/F
LCD Assy
VGA Display from BEP
AD
Board
Inverter
6.4"
TFT LCD
Touch
Sensor
Figure 5-6 LMT Block Diagram
The main function of LMT ASSY is as follows.
-
64ch transmit/receiving switches protect a Pre-amp from a high voltage transmit pulse
-
All control signal and DC power for RLY pass through this LMT Assy
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PMP
5-4-3-1
Overview
PGC Analog Sig
From FEC
Test Sig. From FEC
For Assy Diagnositic
Rx Ch#0
Rx Ch#32
Rx Ch#1
Rx Ch#33
Rx Ch#2
Rx Ch#34
Rx Ch#3
Rx Ch#35
Rx Ch#28
Rx Ch#60
Rx Ch#29
Rx Ch#61
Rx Ch#30
Rx Ch#62
Rx Ch#31
Rx Ch#63
32
STCW Sig[31:0]
To CWDOP Assy
64
PGC
Signal
Buffer
Rx Sig[61:0]
To RDS Assy
Test
Signal
Buffer
Figure 5-7 PMP Block Diagram For a Channel
The PMP (Pre-Amplifier) board receives and amplifies each 64 echo signals. Then, all 64 echo signals
(from 0 to 63ch) are outputted to the RDS sub-system (two RDS ASSYs) and following 32 echo signals
(from 32 to 63ch) are simultaneously outputted to the CWDOP ASSY via the SIG ASSY.
The PMP ASSY can amplify 64 echo signals. So, the echo signals are received by a PMP ASSY under
appropriate control. The PMP ASSY are inserted into Nest box, which is composed of BACKPLANE
board and other several daughter boards.
The PMP ASSY have main three blocks: Pre-amp and Gain Control and Mode control block.
the PMP ASSY amplifies the echo signals. The mode control block selects a maximum gain code via
dedicated control signals from FEC.
The analog signal provided by Gain Control block gives total amplified gain.
The block diagram above of the PMP ASSY for a received signal is given. Actually, there are 64
channels equivalent to figure above for a PMP ASSY.
The Pre-amp block consists of Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) and Variable Gain Amplifier (VGA). A
received signal is amplified by LNA (fixed gain), then amplified by VGA (variable gain).
5-8
Section 5-4 - Front End
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-4
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ATD
THV High
HV Switch
Circuit
THV Low
ECL CLK 40M Q1
ECL CLK 40MQ2
TPG2
TPG1
ECL to TIL
FET Driver x 16ch
+TxP[15:0]
CLKQ2
-TxP[15:0]
CS
CLMP[15:0]
ADDR
Tx Pulse[63:48]
FET Driver x 16ch
FET Driver x 16ch
DATA[15:0]
TPG2
TPG1
FPGA
FET Driver x 16ch
+TxP[15:0]
CLKQ2
-TxP[15:0]
CS
JUSC Address
CLMP[15:0]
ADDR
Tx Pulse[47:32]
FET Driver x 16ch
FET Driver x 16ch
DATA[15:0]
Address
Controller
TPG2
TPG1
FET Driver x 16ch
+TxP[15:0]
CLKQ2
JUSC Data
-TxP[15:0]
CS
CLMP[15:0]
ADDR
Tx Pulse[31:16]
FET Driver x 16ch
FET Driver x 16ch
DATA[15:0]
TPG2
Buffer
Controller
Board Select
TPG1
CLKQ2
CS
ADDR
FET Driver x 16ch
+TxP[15:0]
-TxP[15:0]
CLMP[15:0]
Tx Pulse[15:00]
FET Driver x 16ch
FET Driver x 16ch
DATA[15:0]
Figure 5-8 ATD Block Diagram
5-4-4-1
Overview
The ATD ASSY (Advanced Transmit Driver) generate bipolar transmit pulse for probe. This ASSY has
64 channels transmit signal drivers, Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC, control FPGA and so on. Transmit
pulse are generated by TPG2 ASIC. Each TPG2 ASIC makes 16 channels signals, so total 4 ASIC are
used in ATD assy. All of control informations for pulse generation, pulse width, time delay of each
channel are come from FEC in real time via backplane. The control FPGA, TXIC FPGA provide interface
between FEC and TPG2 ASICs and control operation condition of ATD assy
Main items are
*
TXIC FPGA : Interface and controller FPGA. This FPGA provide the interface with FEC
assy that master of scan control.
*
TPG2 ASIC: A TPG2 ASIC can generate 16 channels logic level transmit pulse signal.
This ASIC use 2 phase 40MHz clocks for transmit delay control and pulse generation.
40Mhz operation clocks are come from FEC assy via backplane.
*
Transmit Pulse Driver : TPG2 ASIC generated logic level signal for transmit pulse. So this
signal need to be expanded to high voltage signal. Driver circuit make logic level signal to
high voltage level signal.
*
THV Switch : LOGIQ5 system use dual transmit high voltage for transmit driver because
B mode and CFM mode use different voltage level of transmit pulse. So in duplex of triplex
mode, B/CFM or B/DOP, Low THV and High THV are switched in ATD assy in real time.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-5
5-4-5-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
RDS
Overview
Channel 0
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
x8
Channel 7
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
Channel 8
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
x8
Channel 15
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
Channel 16
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
x8
Channel 23
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
Channel 24
BUF
12 Bits
ADC
x8
Channel 31
BUF
OQCARD
BIC
FPGA
OQCARD
OQCARD
JUSC BUS
8M Byte FLASH
for RX Delay
OQCARD
12 Bits
ADC
To FEC
Test
Signal
Buffer
Test Sig.
From FEC
Reference
Voltage
Generator
Figure 5-9 RDS Block Diagram
The RDS sub-system is the receive beam former and consist of 2 RDS assys. Each RDS assy have
capability of 32 channels digital receive beamforming. The each digital beamforming output data of the
RDS assy are sent to FEC. FEC add each other and makes final 64 channel beamforming data
Delay control data for receive beamforming are contained in Flash memory. Typically 2 or 3 probes data
are saved in flash memory. If new probe is connected, additional probe data will be downloaded from
HDD in BEP to Flash memory
Main items are
5-10
-
BICTOP FPGA : Provide interfaces with FEC through JUSC Bus. This fpga control all
OQCARD asic for receive beamforming. All of parameter information for asic operation are
loaded into OQCARD asic from FEC through this fpga.
-
OQCARD :Digital receive beamforming ASIC. Each OQCARD have capability of 8 channel
receiving data inputs. Each input data can be 12 bits. Operation clock is 40 MHz. 4 OQCARD
asics are used in a RDS board and each OQCARD summing data output are cascaded to next
OQCARD asic. So the last summing output of the last OQCARD are transferred to FEC for
adding two summing data of each RDS board. The receive beamforming control logic in
OQCARD asic need delay information data for each channel’s control logic. This delay
information data are downloaded into asic from flash memory by BICTOP fpga.
-
Flash Memory : Flash memory keep the receive delay data for OQCARD asic. During scan
time, these data are downloaded into OQCARD asic by fpga. Memory capacity is 8MBytes
each board, typically 2 or 3 probes data.
Section 5-4 - Front End
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-5-1
5-4-6
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Overview (cont’d)
-
Reference Voltage Generator : This mode is for imaging. The parameters specific to scan line
number are sent to OQCARDs and the start trigger for receiving signals is generated.
-
Access Mode:
This mode is for accessing flash memories and OQCARDs.
FEC
FEC ASSY
Memory
16 MB
Control
ADDER
Harmonic Filter
JUSC
CONTROL
SH-4
for
Scan Control
COMSO
Data
Line Buffer
&
Memory
Controller
Memory
I960
for
PCI I/F
PCI I/F for SH-4
Memory
JUSC
BUS
Power
Check
HV
Control
PGC, Test Sig
Gen
Clock Gen, Circuit
Figure 5-10 FEC Block Diagram
5-4-6-1
Overview
•
CHAF:
Three CHAFs have functions of coded excitation decorder and 2nd harmonic filter.
•
BIPC and RIF:
Have functions of RF memory controller.
The RIF mainly controls RF memory data bus, RF data flow pass, and RF gain.
The BIPC, which is interface of JUSC bus, mainly controls CHAF and RF memory address bus.
•
COMSO:
Has functions of detector, B/M mode edge enhance, Log compression, and dynamic range control.
•
PCI IF:
Converts JUSC bus in FEC board. The local bus is connected to each block. It transfers B/M mode
data to PACO FPGA via the COMSO data bus.
•
USC IF:
Has functions of generation to JUSC bus, generation of TGC signal and test signal for selfdiagnostics, COMSO control.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-6
FEC (cont’d)
•
CLK Generator Block:
Generates 40MHz (two phases), and 26.6MHz clock using 160MHz master clock.
•
Real Time Controller (RTCL):
The TRIG cyclical Real Time Control is done by SH4 RISC processor. SH4 is a one of MID BUS
agent through SH-PCI bridge.
•
PCI - PCI Bridge:
It Bridges between Mid bus and host side PCI bus by using i960RP. Mid bus is basically compliant
to CompactPCI. Primary side PCI is connected to Host PC through PCI cable and PC2IP which is
mounted on PCI slot of PC-motherboard.
•
Image Data Transferring:
It receives image data from COMSO, and send them to Host side. Data are buffered when receiving
on COMSO data bus. After buffered, data are stored and handled on Local side of i960. And DMA
function of i960RP perform data transferring to host PC memory.
-
5-4-7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Peripheral Control:
The SH4 or i960RP also performs other functions like safety observation, HV Control and so
on.
HV Power (Tx Power)
PWM 1
(HVH)
PWM 2
(HVL)
PWM 3
( V)
(SH
DROPPER1
+HVH
(0 ~ 60V)
DROPPER1
-HVH
(0 ~ -60V)
DROPPER2
+HVL
(0 ~ 30V)
DROPPER2
-HVL
(0 ~ -30V)
DROPPER3
+SHV
(0 ~ 80V)
DROPPER3
-SHV
(0 ~ -80V)
Figure 5-11 HV Unit Block Diagram
5-4-7-1
Overview
AC110V is supplied to the HV unit via AC Box > Transformer > SSR. This is applied to the PFC, inside
the HV unit. The PFC convert AC100V to DC400V, and DC voltage is applied to DC/DC, then to HVH,
HVL, and SHV using dropper. They convert DC voltage to proper voltage to be outputted.
5-4-7-2
Specifications
DC Output Capacity:
5-12
•
HVH : +/- 0V to +/- 60V variable, Max. 110W, Max. 2A
•
HVL : +/-0V to +/- 30V variable, Max, 70W, 1A
•
+SHV: +80V +/- 5%, 80mA
•
-SHV: -80V +/- 5%, 80mA
Section 5-4 - Front End
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-4-7-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Output Signal to FEC
The following signals are sent to FEC via BACKPLANE board.
•
5-4-7-4
OV(Over Voltage), OC(Over Current) of each power source : HV tests in itself. The result transmits
the FEC via BACKPLANE ASSY.
Input Signal from FEC
The following signals are sent to HV unit via FEC > BACKPLANE board.
•
+5V, +/- 15V, HV STOP: These signals are sent to PFC to control DC voltage output of HVH, HVL,
and -SHV. Normally HVSTOP is ON
-
HVH Ref, HVL Ref: These are the digital signals (8 bits) sent to the DAC of HVH or HVL from
FEC. Consequently, The DC Voltage (0 - 60V) is outputted from HV unit.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-5
Backend Processor
5-5-1
BEP1
Patient IO
(Option)
P4 Mother Board
HDD LED
Battery
PC
Power
with
UPS
AGP
RS232
RAM
512MB
EIDE
CDRW
Drive
AGP Video Card
VIC Card
Open Slot
PCI
P4
HDD
PC2IP Card
Sound Card
Ethernet Card
Open Slot
FAN
To Monitor
To RAI Board in Rear Panel
To LCD in
OPIO(Keyboard)
Modem
For
Insite
RS232
PWR ON
USB
MOD
(Option)
AC 110V
OPIO Panel
(Keyboard)
BW Printer
Figure 5-12 BEP with Supermicro Motherboard
The Back End Processor grabs the data from the Front End, stores it in a main memory, performs scan
conversion to pixel domain and drives the system RGB monitor. Back End Processor software is also
providing B mode, M mode, CFM, Doppler processing
BEP Box include ATX smps and UPS battery, ATX type P4 motherboard and P4 CPU. Memory capacity
is 512MB minimum.
AGP and PCI slots on motherboard contains followings
•
AGP video card display image on monitor and operation menu on LCD. AGP video card have dual
VGA port for monitor display and LCD display. Both port can display different resolution. Monitor
display resolution is 800 x 600, 75Hz, but LCD display resolution is 640 x 480 60Hz.
•
PCI Slot #1 VIC Card: Video Converter Board for VCR playback and VCR recording and analog
video image printing
•
PCI Slot #2 : Open slot
•
PCI Slot #3 PC2IP card
•
PCI Slot #4 Sound Card
•
PCI Slot #5 Ethernet Card
•
PCI Slot #6 : Open slot
Storage Devices:
5-14
•
Hard Disk Drive (HD Drive) (Inside the BEP Chassi)
•
CD R/W Drive (Mounted at front of BEP Chassi, User can access).
•
Optional Magneto Optical Drive (MO Drive) (Mounted at front of BEP Chassi,user can access)).
Section 5-5 - Backend Processor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-5-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP2
Patient IO
(Option)
PCI Graphic
PCI
Battery
HDD LED
CDRW
Drive
PWR ON
USB
MOD
(Option)
AC 110V
Modem
For
Insite
RS232
P4 Mother Board
EIDE
PC
Power
with
UPS
On B’d
VGA
RAM
512MB
P4 2.0GHz
HDD
VIC Card
Open Slot
PC2IP Card
FAN
To Monitor
To RAI Board in Rear Panel
To LCD in
OPIO(Keyboard)
OPIO Panel
(Keyboard)
BW Printer
Figure 5-13 BEP2 with Intel Motherboard
The Backend Processor processes the data from front end block and stores it in
The main memory and performs scan image reconstruction to display on monitor
Backend Processor(BEP) include ATX smps and UPS battery, motherboard for P4
And Pentium 4 CPU. Main memory capacity is 512Mbytes and the type of memory is
DDR266. The BEP motherboard have capability of AGP graphic functionality and sound and
Ethernet functionality in itself. So this motherboard no need additional AGP video
Card and sound card, Ethernet card. So each slot on motherboard are used for followings
-
-AGP card Slot : Open
-
-PCI Slot #1 : PCI Graphic Card for LCD display on the frontpanel
-
-PCI Slot #2 : VIC Card
-
-PCI Slot #3 : Open
-
-PCI Slot #4 : PC2IP Card
-
-PCI Slot #5 : Open
-
-PCI Slot #6 : Open
-
Storage Device :
-
Hard Disk Drive
-
CD R/W Drive
-
Optional MO Drive
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-5-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP3
BEP3 have different motherboard and different speed of CPU than BEP2. Basic structure is same as
BEP2.
BEP ENCLOSURE
RS232
Motherboard
USB
Parallel
TO LCD in
Front Panel
PCI Graphic Card
for LCD
PC2IP
CDRW
EIDE
RS232/Power
control
HDD
EIDE
TO FEC in
RACK
VGA to
Monitor
MO
1.2GB
(Otp)
In/Out
Peripheral port
VIC
On/
Off
On Board
AGP
Audio
In/Out/Mic
In
512MB
On Board
Sound
P4
On Board
LAN
Battery
ATX
SMPS
AC 100V
Figure 5-14 BEP3
5-16
Section 5-5 - Backend Processor
PATIENT
IO
HDD
LED
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-5-4
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BT05 BEP3
BT05 BEP3 CPU : Penium4 2.8GHz (512kb cache, 533MHZ)
Figure 5-15 BT05 BEP3
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-5-5
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
VIC Card
50p Connector
To Rear Panel for remote control of VCR
To Patient IO module in BEP Box
To Rear Panel for EEPROM I/F
2 ports of rs232
Patient IO Interface
IIC BUS Signal
LV Power on/off sig.
To Console
Monitor
External VGA Port
in Rear Panel
S-VHS / Composite
from Rear panel for
VCR Playback
BW Image Printer
Color Image Printer
VGA to TV
Converter
S-VHS / Composite
For VCR Recording
Shutter
Control
Shutter Sig. for BW/CL Printer
Buffer
Video
Decoder
&
PCI I/F
PCI Slot In
BEP Assy
IIC BUS
VGA Signal
(R/G/B/Sync)
VGA to TV
Converter
Control
FPGA
Live DC 5V Power
from JPC in AC
Power Assy
Power On/Off signal
from Keyboard assy
Connect to power
on/off pin on
motherboard
Figure 5-16 VIC Card Block Diagram
VIC Card perform video conversion operations and Power on/off control.
5-18
•
Video Decoder : Video decoder convert S-VHS or composite video analog signal to digital RGB data
and send the RGB digital data into BEP main memory on motherboard through PCI bus. And then
this video digital data is displayed on console monitor. Video analog signal comes from rear panel.
This video decoder also have IIC bus interface logic.
•
VGA to TV Convertor : This device convert the VGA display signal to TV display signal for B/W
printer and color printer and VCR recording.
•
Shutter Control CPLD : Shutter signals for analog B/W printer and color printer are generated by
this CPLD. And this CPLD is controlled by video decoder via IIC bus.
•
Power Control FPGA : This FPGA generates power on/off signal. This device is alive always by live
DC power which comes from JPC assy in AC Power Assy. So this device monitor the status of
power on/off switch on the keyboard. If power switch will be pushed once, this device turn on the
LV power supply in AC power assy and after few seconds, turn on the BEP assy.
Section 5-5 - Backend Processor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-5-5-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
VIC Card I/O Signal
VIC card has many of I/O signal in connectors for system on/off function and peripheral interface
VGA
Output
J3
Signal I/O
J4
Signal I/O
to PC2IP
J5
VGA
Input
Signal I/O to
Patient IO
J1
J13
Signal I/O
For
Peripheral
J2
Figure 5-17 VIC Card
Table 5-2
Connector J1 (VGA input)
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
R,G,B
Analog VGA signal
BEP Motherboard -> VGAtoVIC cable -> VIC
HS
VGA Horizontal Sync signal
BEP Motherboard -> VGAtoVIC cable -> VIC
VS
VGA Vertical Sync signal
BEP Motherboard -> VGAtoVIC cable -> VIC
Table 5-3
Connector J3 (VGA Output)
Signal Name
Description
Signal Path
R,G,B
Analog VGA signal
VIC -> Display CRT Monitor
HS
VGA Horizontal Sync signal
VIC -> Display CRT Monitor
VS
VGA Vertical Sync signal
VIC -> Display CRT Monitor
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 5-4
Connector J2 (Peripheral Interface I/O)
Signal Name
(Pin No)
Description
Signal Path
Red Out (1)
Analog Red out signal for Color printer
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
Green Out(3)
Analog Green out signal for Color printer
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
Blue Out(5)
Analog Blue out signal for Color printer
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
CSYNC(7)
Composite Sync Signal for Analog Color Printer
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
BW Out 1(11)
5-20
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Analog Video signal output to BW Printer for Front BW VIC -> Rear Panel -> OP Cable Assy -> BW Front
printer
Panel
BW Out 2(41)
Analog Video Signal Output to BW Printer in Rear
Panel
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
SVHS Y Out((16)
Y Signal Output for S VHS recording
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
SVHS C Out((18)
C Signal Output for S VHS recording
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
Comp Out(20)
Composite Video Output for VCR recording
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
SVHS Y In(22)
Y Signal Input for S VHS Playback
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
SVHS C In(37)
C Signal Input for S VHS Playback
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
Comp In(24)
Video Composite Input for VCR Playback
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable -> Rear Panel
BW Shutter 1
Shutter Signal Out for BW Printer on Front
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable ->Rear Panel -> OP
Cable Assy -> BW Front Panel
BW Shutter 2
Shutter Signal Out for BW Printer on Rear
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable ->Rear Panel
VGA R(31), G(33),
B(35), HS(39),
VS(26)
VGA Signal for External VGA Monitor Port in Rear
Panel
VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable ->Rear Panel
DC12V(13)
DC 12Volt Power for Isolation Circuit and Switch
Circuit for Speaker Sound in Rear Panel
BEP Motherboard -> VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable
-> Rear Panel
DC5V(15, 30)
DC 5Volt Power for EEPROM in Rear Panel
BEP Motherboard -> VIC -> 44p DSub Conn Cable
-> Rear Panel
Section 5-5 - Backend Processor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Table 5-5
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Connector J4 (Control Signal I/O)
Signal Name
(Pin No)
PP_PWR_EN(2)
Description
Signal Path
AC Power Switch Control Signal for Peripheral AC
Power On/Off Circuit in the JPC Assy
VIC -> 50p SCSI Conn Cable -> Rear Panel -> J6
10P Cable -> AC PWR Assy -> JPC Assy
AC Power Switch Control Signal for LV Unit Power On/ VIC -> 50p SCSI Conn Cable -> Rear Panel -> J6
Off Circuit in the JPC Assy
10P Cable -> AC PWR Assy -> JPC Assy
LV_PWR_EN(3)
HDD_LED(7,8)
HDD Indicator LED Signal
BEP Motherboard -> VIC -> 50P SCSI Conn Cable
-> RDI Boar in Rear Panel -> Keyboard Assy
RS232 Port 1
RS232 Communication Signal for VCR Remote
Control
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable -> VIC -> 50P SCSI Conn
Cable -> RDI board in Rear Panel
RS232 Port 2
RS232 Communication Signal for Service Port
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable -> VIC -> 50P SCSI Conn
Cable -> RDI Board in Rear Panel
Power Switch(5)
Momentary Power Switch Signal from Keyboard
FrontPanel -> OP Cable Assy -> RDI Board in Rear
Panel -> 50P SCSI Conn Cable -> VIC
Table 5-6
Connector J5 : Signal I/O to PC2IP
Signal Name
(Pin No)
Description
Signal Path
ECG CLKP(17)/
ECG_CLKN(18)
ECG Interface Signal : Clock from PC2IP to ECG
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable Conn -> VIC -> ECG I/F
Cable -> ECG
ECG_RFSP(19)/
ECG_RFSN(21)
ECG Interface Signal : Sync from PC2IP to ECG
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable Conn -> VIC -> ECG I/F
Cable -> ECG
ECG_DATP(22)/
ECG_DATN(23)
ECG Interface Signal : Data from ECG to PC2IP
ECG -> ECG I/F Cable -> VIC -> 50P Flat Cable
COnn -> PC2IP
RPWON(27)/
RPWISON(26)
Control Signal for Software shutdown control between
PC2IP and Power Control Circuit in VIC
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable Conn -> VIC
RS232 Signal 1
RS232 Communication Signal for VCR Remote
Control
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable -> VIC -> 50P SCSI Conn
Cable -> RDI board in Rear Panel
RS232 Signal 2
RS232 Communication Signal for Service Port
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable -> VIC -> 50P SCSI Conn
Cable -> RDI Board in Rear Panel
Table 5-7
Connector J13 L Signal I/O to ECG
Signal Name
(Pin No)
Description
Signal Path
ECG CLKP(17)/
ECG_CLKN(18)
ECG Interface Signal : Clock from PC2IP to ECG
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable Conn -> VIC -> ECG I/F
Cable -> ECG
ECG_RFSP(19)/
ECG_RFSN(21)
ECG Interface Signal : Sync from PC2IP to ECG
PC2IP -> 50P Flat Cable Conn -> VIC -> ECG I/F
Cable -> ECG
ECG_DATP(22)/
ECG_DATN(23)
ECG Interface Signal : Data from ECG to PC2IP
ECG -> ECG I/F Cable -> VIC -> 50P Flat Cable
COnn -> PC2IP
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-5-6
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Patient I/O (Option)
The optional Patient I/O is mounted at the front of the BEP chassi.
Available inputs:
5-22
•
PCG
•
ECG
•
AUX1
•
AUX2
Section 5-5 - Backend Processor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-6
Top Console
The Top Console includes a On/off switch, a keyboard, different controls for manipulating the picture
quality, controls for use in Measure & Analyze (M&A), and loudspeakers for stereo sound output (used
during Doppler scanning, inside the CRT monitor cover).
5-6-1
KEYBOARD
USB from BEP
USB
MICOM
With HUB
A/N Key Assy
Function Key Arrys
A/N Matrix
Interface
USB HUB
USB
Track Ball
Down #1
USB I/F
USB I/F
Encoders
Keyboard
Control
MICOM
USB
MICOM
TGC SLide POT
RS232
LEDs for Key
backlight
Down #2
Foot Switch I/F
Down #4
Touch Screen
Interface
Down #4
USB I/F
USB#1, #2 From
Rear Panel
RAM
USB I/F
LCD Assy
VGA Display from BEP
AD
Board
Inverter
6.4"
TFT LCD
Touch
Sensor
Figure 5-18 Keyboard Block Diagram
Keyboard assy provide all of operator interface for scan.Keyabord assy consist of several pieces of main
function assembly.
•
HUB Assy : The HUB assy have usb interface for upstream usb port which comes from BEP. HUB
assy also have alpha numeric key interface and control functions and usb hub. So usb trackball and
the usb of main assy and additional 2 usb ports in rear panel are connected to this HUB assy.
•
MAIN Assy : Main assy have usb micom for interface between main assy and usb hub assy. All of
function key and encoders interface and controls are done by additional control on chip
microcomputer
•
LCD Assy : LCD Assy displays menu screen and touch sensor recognize of touch. The LCD Assy
has 2 connectors. One is the VGA connector with 15p dsub for display. This VGA signal comes from
the BEP assy through VGA cable. And the other connector is for the touch sensor interface and DC
15V power for LCD module.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-6-1-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
KEYBOARD Signal I/O
All of interface signals to console are through the HUB assy in the keyboard. The keyboard has 4 cable
connectors for console interfacing. 1 USB connector and 2 connectors for other signal on HUB assy and
1 DC power connector on main assy
CON3
CON1
USB
Figure 5-19 HUB Assy in Keyboard
Table 5-8
Signal Name
(Pin No)
Description
Signal Path
Foot SW #1(1)
Foot Switch #1 Signal from Rear Panel
Rear Panel -> 10P Conn Cable -> HUB Assy
Foot SW #2(3)
Foot Switch #1 Signal from Rear Panel
Rear Panel -> 10P Conn Cable -> HUB Assy
Foot SW #3(5)
Foot Switch #1 Signal from Rear Panel
Rear Panel -> 10P Conn Cable -> HUB Assy
HDD LED(7,8)
Indicator for Hard Disk in BEP
BEP Motherboard -> 2P Cable -> VIC -> 50P cable > Rear Panel -> 10P Conn Cable -> HUB Assy
Power
Switch(10)
Momantry Power switch for System Cold Booting
VIC -> 50P cable -> Rear Panel -> 10P Conn Cable
-> HUB Asys
Table 5-9
Signal Name
(Pin No)
5-24
CON1 Connector Signal I/O to RDI assy in Rear Panel
CON3 Connector Signal I/O to RDI assy in Rear Pane
Description
Signal Path
USB #1(1,2,3,4) Downstream USB signal for USB port in the rear panel
HUB Assy -> 13P conn cable -> Rear Panel
USB #2(7,8,9,10) Downstream USB signal for USB port in the rear panel
HUB Assy -> 13P conn cable -> Rear Panel
Section 5-6 - Top Console
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-6-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
MONITOR
15 inch high resolution RGB monitor with non interlace scan includes loudspeakers for stereo sound
output and microphone to record talking of operator. Monitor have also task lamp to light up the A/N key
on keyboard assy
Figure 5-20 LOGIQ 5 Monitor
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-25
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-7
External I/O (Rear Panel)
The External I/O is the interface between the scanner and all external items, located at the rear side of
the scanner.
Examples: InSite, TCP/IP network, Printer, etc.
Rear Panel assy consist of 2 assy, RAI and RDI. RAI means Rear Analog Interface and RDI means
Rear Digital Interface. Those are the rear-panel assemblies which interconnect external signals and
power with the LOGIQ 5 system. Both of the assemblies are the same except the circuit breaker’s
current ratings depending on voltage of the system power source (See Safety described below).
RDI Board
RAI Board
To KBD
Conn(J4)
R/G/B/Sync To Printer
Isolated 12V
DC 5V, 12V
Speaker Sound
from BEP
Audio In to BEP
FOOT SW
8P Conn(J58)
Shutter to Front BW
4P Conn
(J57)
Foot S/W Signal to
KBD
4P Conn
(J62)
Speaker Sound Switch
50p Connector
10P
Conn(J7)
4P Conn
(J51)
VGA Out
BW Printer Shutter
10P
Conn(J55)
S-VHS From VCR
Composite From VCR
4P Conn
(J15)
S-VHS To VCR
Composite To VCR
JPC Control
(RackPower_En,
PeripheralPowe_En)
EEPROM
(System
S/N Infor)
44P DSUB CONN(J56)
Composite From Printer
JPC
Conn(J6)
Ext VGA
DC 5V from JPC to VIC
HDD Indicator/Power
Switch From VIC to KBD
IIC I/F from VIC
3Ports RS232
From PC2IP
DC DC
Convertor
VCR
Remote
Printer
Remote
Speaker Out To
Monitor
Aux
SVC
Speaker Out To
Monitor
Microphone Input
From Monitor
Phone Line
VCR Audio Out
ETHERNET
VCR Audio In
MIC In to BEP
JPC
Conn(J3)
Phone LAN from
Line to
BEP
Modem
2 USB from
Hub in KBD
Figure 5-21 Rear Panel Block Diagram
5-26
•
RAI Board : Rear Analog Interface Board have connectors for peripheral device interfaces. Analog
RGB signals for color printer and S-VHS in/out and audio in/out signal for the VCR recording and
playback. Audio output signal for speaker in the monitor are controlled by the signal switching circuit
in this RAI board. If the microphone enable button is turned on, the sound output for speaker might
be turned off automatically to avoid the howling. The sound control signal comes from the VIC assy
in the BEP.
•
RDI Board : Rear Digital Interface board have connectors for digital signal interface
Section 5-7 - External I/O (Rear Panel)
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Input/Output Signals for peripheral
Table 5-10
Input Output signals for peripherals
Signal Name
Description
Connection from/via/to
R/G/B/Sync for Color
Printer
RGB and Sync signal output for analog color
printer. 1.0Vp-p, 75ohms, unbalanced
VIC -> RAI-> BNC Connector
Cmpsit In for Color
Printer
Composite input from Color printer for diagnostic
BNC connector -> RAI -> VIC
purpose
Shutter output for Color
printer
Exposure control signal for color printer
VIC -> RDI -> Mono jack
Remote
RS232 port for remote control of Color printer
PC2IP -> VIC -> RDI -> 9P
DSUB connector
Composite In / S-VHS In Composite VCR input and S-VHS input signal for
BNC connectror-> RAI -> VIC
for VCR
VCR playback
Audio L In/Audio R In for
VCR
Stereo audio input from VCR for VCR playback
RCA Jack-> RAI -> Sound
card in BEP
Composite Out / S-VHS
out for VCR
Composite VCR output and S-VHS output signal
for VCR Recording
VIC -> RAI -> SVHS
connector
Audio L Out/Audio R Out
for VCR
Stereo audio out for VCR Recording
Sound card in BEP -> RAI ->
RCA Jack
Remote
RS232 port for remote control of VCR operation
PC2IP -> VIC -> RDI -> 9P
DSUB connector
Composite out for BW
printer
Composite video signal output for BW printer
1.0Vp-p, 75ohms, unbalanced
VIC -> RAI -> BNC connector
BW Shutter
Shutter control signal for BW printer
External -> RAI -> Mono Jack
Foot Switch
Foot switch is mechanical switch that connect a Foot switch connector-> RDI signal to ground
> Keyboard
External VGA
VGA signal output for external VGA monitor
Graphic card in BEP -> VIC > RAI -> RDI -> 15P DSUB
connector
Ethernet
Standard TCP/IP Ethernet
BEP -> RDI -> RJ45 conn.
Phone Line
Telephone line of Modem for insite
Phone jack -> RDI -> Modem
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-27
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Peripherals and Cable connection
A VCR, a Black & White Video Printer and a Color Printer may be installed onboard the scanner. These
devices are connected to the External I/O (Rear Panel) or Front Panel in the case of B/W Printer.
5-7-2-1
B/W Printer Cable Connection (Analog and Digital)
Connect the Power cable, mini plug cable, and the BNC-BNC cable between the B/W Video Printer and
the console as shown in on page 5-28 .
Front Panel of JUPITER
100~120V 500VA Max
Composite B/W
B/W Printer
BNC- BNC CABLE
MINI PLUG CABLE
Rear Panel of B/W Printer
REMOTE GAMMA
I
II
PAPER
TYPE
II IV
DIP SW
IN
OUT
OFF
I
III
ON
VEDEO
DIP SW FUNCTION TABLE
~AC IN
POWER CABLE
Analog Cable Connection
SYNC
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
SYNC
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
Front Panel of JUPITER
100~120V 500VA Max
Composite B/W
B/W Printer
USB Cable
Power Cable
Digital (USB) Cable Connection
Figure 5-22 Cable Connection - Analog Connection Method
5-28
Section 5-7 - External I/O (Rear Panel)
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-2-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Connection - Color Printer
Connect the cables listed below between the Color Printer and the console.
BNC CABLE for VIDEO SIGNAL
(supplied with color video printer)
Rear Panel of JUPITER
SYNC
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
SYNC
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
MINI PLUG CABLE
ON
OFF
~AC IN
Rear Panel of UP-2950 SERIES
COLOR VIDEO PRINTER
POWER CABLE
Figure 5-23 Cable Connection between Color Printer and Console
NOTE:
Equipment damage possibly. Be sure to use the following recommended connecting cables to
connect recording devices and a network with LOGIQ™ 5 PRO console.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-29
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-2-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Connection - Color Printer (cont’d)
Connect the cables listed below between the Color Printer and the console.
RS232C CABLE
BNC CABLE for VIDEO SIGNAL
(supplied with color video printer)
Rear Panel ofJUPITER
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
DIP SW
SYNC
ON
OFF
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
DIP SW FUNCTION TABLE
~AC IN
SYNC
Rear Panel of UP-2950SERIES
COLOR VIDEO PRINTER
POWER CABLE
SYNC
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
SYNC
S-VIDEO
VIDEO
ON
OFF
~AC IN
Rear Panel of UP-2950SERIES
COLOR VIDEO PRINTER
Figure 5-24 Cable Connection between Color Printer and Console
5-30
Section 5-7 - External I/O (Rear Panel)
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-2-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Connection - Color Printer (cont’d)
Connect USB cable listed below between the SONY UP-D21MD Color Printer and the console.
Rear Panel of JUPITER
USB cable
SONY UP-D21MD
POWER CABLE
Figure 5-25 USB Cable Connection between Color Printer and Console
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-31
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-2-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Connection- VCR
Connect the cables listed below between the Sony VCR and the console.
RS232C CABLE
Rear Panel of JUPITER
S. Video CABLE for VIDEO SIGNAL
(supplied with VCR)
AUDIO
IN
AUDIO
OUT
VIDEO IN
CH-1/L
MONITOR
OUT
VIDEO
OUT
CH-1/L
S. VIDEO
S. VIDEO
CH-2/R
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
CH-2/R
INDICATE
~AC IN
POWER CABLE
REAR PANEL of VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER
Figure 5-26 Cable Connection between VCR and Console
5-32
Section 5-7 - External I/O (Rear Panel)
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-2-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Cable Connection- VCR (cont’d)
Connect the cables listed below between the Panasonic VCR and the console.
RS232C CABLE
Rear Panel of JUPITER
VIDEO IN
AUDIO
IN
VIDEO OUT
AUDIO
OUT
REAR PANEL of Panasonic VCR
POWER CABLE
Figure 5-27 Cable Connection between VCR and Console
Equipment damage possibly. Be sure to use the following recommended connecting cables to connect
recording devices and a network with LOGIQ™ 5 PRO console.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-33
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-7-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Interconnect Cabling
LOGIQ5 WIRING DIAGRAM
Outlet for
B/W Printer
BACKPLANE
TB1
CB
1
2
3
AC
In
FG
Outlet for
Peripheral
J32
J31
J30
J4
J3
J2
Modem
J29
J1
J28
J1
CB
NF
Conn
FG
FG
JPC Assy
NTC
T.FUS
E
SE
C
100V
PRI
RLY Assy
220V
FG
R
L
Y
100V 10A
100V
Fuse
3A
LV SMPS
FG
100V
S
S
R
J12 : RS232,PWR_CTRL
GND
Rear Panel
-15V
GND
FG
+15V
100V
Fuse
J521 : R/G/B/Sync out, Comp In/Out,
SVHS In/Out, Shutter
FG
Fuse
100V 5A
PMP Assy
CWD Assy
GND
FG
Foot SW J522
FG
J12
-6V
S
S
R
GND
16V
J521
J524
J525
J526
SPK&Mic J523
J33
GND
FG
+6V
FG
+5VD
GND
FG
FG
FG
FG
Monitor
Assy
FG
Audio
+3.3VD
VGA
Vot.Reg
FEC Assy
100V
SS
R
AC100
HV Assy
J35
J4
ATX SMPS
HDD
FG
+5V,-5V,+3.3V,+12V,
-12V,+5VSB
CDROM Drv
LAN
MO Drv
Figure 5-28 Cable Interconnect Diagram
5-34
Section 5-7 - External I/O (Rear Panel)
PCI AGP
Video Video
VIC
Assy
PC Motherboard
PC2IP
Assy
USB
#1
USB UP
Keyboard Assy
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-8
Power Diagrams
5-8-1
Overview
The AC Power assy’s main tasks are to supply the various internal subsystems and to galvanically
isolate the scanner from the on site Mains Power System and to control power on/off. The voltage to
peripherals can be confederated to either 110 VAC or 220 VAC.
5-8-2
AC Power
JPC Assy
NTC
PTC
AC 110~220
AC In
NF
CB
AC 220
J1
1
2
3
4
Relay
AC 110
V16
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
Transformer
FET
VCC
FG
FG
FET Driver
VCC
V12
7805
Peripheral
isolation
J7
1
2
3
V16
7812
Bridge
C
R
Relay
C
fuse
J6
1
2
J9
1
2
3
4
5
6
fuse
R
AC 16
AC 220
AC 110
Relay
Monitor
J10
1
2
HV B/D
J8
1
2
V12
FET
J2
1
2
3
FET Driver
fuse
J11
1
2
Contol Singal
AC 110
Figure 5-29 AC Power Assy Block Diagram
The mains cord has plugs in one side end. A male plug connects to the mains outlet on site.
The mains voltage is routed to the Main Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the system.
The Main Circuit Breaker is of the auto fuse type, if for some reason the current grows to high, the switch
will automatically break the power.
From the Main Circuit Breaker, the AC power is routed via an Inrush Current Limiter to a internal outlet
connector for the Mains Transformer.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-35
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-8-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
AC Power (cont’d)
The Transformer is the galvanic barrier between the rest of the scanner and the on site AC Mains. Input
voltage to the transformer can be either 220 VAC or 110 VAC.
AC output of transformer is supplied to the ATX PS (BEP Power supply, located on the BEP chassi)
directly, but to the HV unit and CRT Monitor and LV unit and peripheral outlet via SSR.
SSR for AC power net are controlled by JPC assy in AC POWER assy and VIC assy in BEP assy.
5-8-3
DC Power (Low Voltage)
DC Power are supplied by LV unit in AC Power assy. DC Power of LV unit are power source of
all assys in nest and nest fan, etc
JPC assy in AC power assy is DC power source also. DC power of JPC is for on/off control circuit
of VIC assy in BEP assy
DC Output Capacity:
5-36
•
+3.3V, 5.6A
•
+5V, 7A
•
+6V, 8.7A
•
+6V, 8.7A
•
-6V, 3.4A
•
+15V, 8A
•
-15V, 1A
Section 5-8 - Power Diagrams
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-8-4
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
AC Power Outlet for Peripheral
The REAR ASSY and REAR CONN 220V ASSY are the rear-panel assemblies which interconnect
external signals and power with the LOGIQ 5 system. Both of the assemblies are the same except the
circuit breaker’s current ratings depending on voltage of the system power source (See Safety
described below).
5-8-4-1
Safety
•
Circuit Breaker
Table 5-11
Circuit Breaker Specification
Power Voltage Rating
(V)
Peripheral Current
Rating (A)
Trip Time
Reset Time
REAR CONN
110
5.0
1 hour max. @ 5.4A, 25
degreeC
60 seconds
REAR CONN 220V
220
3.0
1 hour max. @ 3.5A, 25
degreeC
180 seconds
Assembly
•
5-8-4-2
Electrical Isolation
The rear-panel's Insite (modem) interface is electrically isolated from the system's internal circuit.
The isolator's dielectric strength should be 500VAC RMS or higher within 1 minute (in compliance
with IEC60601-1-1).
Camera (Printer) Remote Control Interface
The Rear-panel has two remote control interface terminals for B/W and color printers.
Table 5-12
Camera (Printer) Remote Control Interface Specifications
Level (V)
Active Polarity
Retention Time
Color camera (shutter) control
H:2.0/L:0.8
L
60 msec
B/W camera (printer) control
H:2.0/L:1.0
L
100 msec
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-37
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-9
Air Flow
5-9-1
Air Flow Distribution
A
C
B
D
Figure 5-30 Air Flow Inside the Scanner
The four air flow passes allow the scanner to be cooled down as shown in the figure above.
5-9-2
•
Pass A (Bottom right> BEP Assy> Rear upper left) for BEP Assy cooling.
•
Pass B (Front lower left > Filter > LV unit > Rear lower left) for HV unit cooling.
•
Pass C (Bottom left> RLY Box Assy > Rear upper right) for RLY Box Assy cooling.
•
Pass D (Bottom left> Filter >Nest Assy> Rear upper right) for Nest Assy cooling.
Filters
The scanner contains the four filters located at:
5-38
-
Front bottom for air flow of the BEP Assy and Nest Assy.
-
Rear bottom for air flow of BEP Assy.
-
Left and Right side for airflow of the AC power Assy.
Section 5-9 - Air Flow
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-9-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Fans
Fan for PC Box
Fans for AC Power Assy
Fans for Nest Assy
Figure 5-31 Fans
The scanner contains the eight fans at the following positions for producing an air flow.
-
One fan: Insde the LV unit for air flow pass C
-
One fan: On the BEP assy for air flow pass B
-
Four fans: At the top of the NEST Assy for air flow pass A, C.
-
Two fans: at the top of the AC Power assy for air flow pass A, C
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-39
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 5-10
Service Platform
5-10-1
Introduction
The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all ultrasound and
cardiology systems containing a PC backend. This web-enabled technology provides linkage to eServices, e-Commerce, and the iCenter, making GE’s scanners more e-enabled than ever. The Service
Platform will increase service productivity and reduce training and service costs.
5-40
Section 5-10 - Service Platform
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-2
5-10-2-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Global Service User Interface (GSUI)
Internationalization
The user interface provided by the service platform is designed for GE personnel and as such is in
English only. There is no multi-lingual capability built into the Service Interface.
5-10-2-2
Service Login
Select the wrench icon in the status bar at the bottom of the scan display screen.
In case of BTO5, press Utility->Service button.
This icon links the user to the service login screen.
Figure 5-32 Login Screen for Global Service User Interface
5-10-2-3
Access / Security
The service interface has different access and security user levels. Each user is only granted access to
the tools that are authorized for their use.
Table 5-13
Service Login User Levels
User Level
Access Authorization
Operator
Password
uls
Administrator
Authorized acccess to specified diagnostics, error logs and utilities. Same
acquisition diagnostic tests as GE Service.
External Service
uls
gogems
Every access request, whether successful or not, will be logged into a service access log that is
viewable to authorized users.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-41
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Service Home Page
The navigation bar at the top of the screen allows the user to select from several tools and utilities.
Figure 5-33 Customer Service Home Page
5-42
Section 5-10 - Service Platform
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-4
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Error Logs Tab
From the Error Logs Tab the Log Viewer displays four categories with pull-down sub-menus and an Exit
selection. The Service Interface allows scanner logs to be viewed by all service users.
The Filter Error log is not available to customer level analysis.
The log entries are color-coded to identify the error level severity at a glance.
Table 5-14
Log Entry Key
Severity
Error Level
Color Code
1
Information
Green
2
Warning
Blue
3
Error
Red
The Service Interface supports the transfer of these logs to local destinations such as the MOD, and
CD-ROM drive.
Figure 5-34 Log Viewer / Logs / Log Entries
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-43
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-4-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Logs
The seven sub-menus of the Logs category are System, Power, Infomatics, Temperature, Probe,
Board, and DICOM.
NOTE:
Figure 5-34 provides a graphical example of the log entries for the System Logs.
Log table headings for the different logs are as follows:
•
System
Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message.
•
Power
Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message.
•
Infomatics
Log entry headings include TimeStamp, Revision, PtID, PtDOB, PtSex, PtWeight, PtHeight,
ExamID, Exam Category, ExamCurDate, and ExamStartTime.
•
Temperature
Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; Upper FEC Sensor; and Lower FEC
Sensor.
•
Probe
Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; Error Message; Severity; Revision;
and three (3) new labels that have not yet been named.
•
Board
Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; Board; Severity; and two (2) new
labels that have yet been named.
•
DICOM
Log entry headings include Time Stamp; Error Level; Package; and Error Message.
5-44
Section 5-10 - Service Platform
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-4-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Utilities
The two sub-menus of the Utilities category are Plot Log, and Plot Page.
Plot Log
Plot Page
Figure 5-35 Utilities Sub-Menus
•
Plot Log
Allows for the color coded plot of all Log contents with the package on the ‘x’ axis and incident count
on the ‘y’ axis.
•
Plot Page
Allows for the color coded plot of all Page contents with the package on the ‘x’ axis and incident
count on the ‘y’ axis.
5-10-4-3
Search
On the Text Search sub-menu of the Search category, users enter case-sensitive text they wish to find.
This filter field works well for filtering the Sys log file for the word “fail”.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-45
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Figure 5-36 Search Sub-Menu
5-10-4-4
Exit
The sub-menu, Exit Log Viewer, returns the user to the Service Desktop home page.
Figure 5-37 Exit Log Sub-Menu
5-46
Section 5-10 - Service Platform
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-5
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Diagnostics
Detailed Diagnostic information is found in Diagnostics/Troubleshooting.
NOTE:
PC2IP tests are added in Diagnostics.
Figure 5-38 User Diagnostic Page
5-10-5-1
Diagnostics Execution
Diagnostic tests are executable by both local and remote users. The Service Platform provides top-level
diagnostic selection based on the user’s level and login access permissions. Remote access will require
disruptive diagnostic permissions to run Acquisition diagnostics.
5-10-5-2
Diagnostic Reports
Diagnostic tests return a report to the Service Platform. The platform retains the report and allows for
future viewing of the diagnostic logs.
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-47
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-6
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Image Quality
The Image Quality page is intended to contain tools for troubleshooting image quality issues.
Figure 5-39 Image Quality Page
5-10-7
Calibration
The Calibration page is intended to contain the tools used to calibrate the system.
Figure 5-40 Calibration Page
5-48
Section 5-10 - Service Platform
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-8
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Configuration
The Configuration page is intended to be used to setup various configuration files on the system.
The Service Platform is the access and authorization control for remote access to the configuration
subsystem.
The enable/disable of software options can be done from this Configuration page.
Figure 5-41 Configuration Page
5-10-9
Utilities
The Utilities page contains several miscellaneous tools.
Figure 5-42 Customer Utilities Page
Chapter 5 Components and Functions (Theory)
5-49
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
5-10-10
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Replacement
The Replacement page is intended to contain the tools used to track replacement parts used in the
system.
Figure 5-43 Part Replacement Page
5-10-11
PM
The PM page is intended to contain the tools used in periodic maintenance of the system.
Figure 5-44 Planned Maintenance Page
5-50
Section 5-10 - Service Platform
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 6
Service Adjustments
Section 6-1
Overview
6-1-1
Purpose of this chapter 6
This section describes how to test and adjust the scanner. These tests are optional. You may use them
to check the system for errors.
Table 6-32
Contents in chapter
Section
Description
Page Number
6-1
Overview
6-1
6-2
Regulatory
6-1
6-3
Power Supply Adjustment
6-1
6-4
Monitor Adjustments
6-4
Section 6-2
Regulatory
Verify, where applicable, that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present
and accounted for, and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented.
Section 6-3
Power Supply Adjustment
6-3-1
LV Unit Disassembly
This system contains three power supply modules; HV unit, LV unit, and ATX PS. However, the LV unit
only can be adjusted.
6-3-1-1
6-3-1-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
•
Long-nose gripper
Needed Manpower
•
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Chapter 6 Service Adjustment
6-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
6-3-1-3
6-3-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-2-2 on
page 5.
•
Remove the AC Power assy from the System
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
1.) Unscrew four (4) screws (1-4) to remove Left side cover of AC Power assy.
2.) Disconnect three (3) connectors from the rear side of the LV Unit. Refer to.
Connector
Connector
Connector
Figure 6-1 Disconnect 3 connectors
3.) Unscrew four (4) screws (8-11) to remove Right side cover of AC Power assy.
4.) Unscrew four 4 screws and disconnect twenty (20) connectors from the front side of the LV unit
using long-nose gripper.
Screw
Screw
20 Connectors
Screw
Screw
Figure 6-2 Disconnect 20 connectors
5.) Remove the LV unit.
6-2
Section 6-3 - Power Supply Adjustment
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
6-3-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Adjustments Procedures
1.) Using the following VRs, DC output can be adjusted.
Table 6-33
DC Output Specification for LV Unit
VR
Voltage Range Spec on each Connector
VR1
6.17 ~ 6.21V
VR2
3.43 ~ 3.47V
VR3
6.23 ~ 6.27V
VR4
-6.07 ~ -6.09V
VR5
-15.00 ~ -15.04V
VR6
5.19 ~ 5.23V
VR7
15.00 ~ 15.04V
2.) Each DC voltage should meet the voltage range as table. if output voltage is out of range, adjust
the output level with the VR on each module.
3.) Clockwise direction of VR increase voltage level, counter clockwise of VE decrease voltage output
Chapter 6 Service Adjustment
6-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
6-3-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Adjustments Procedures (cont’d)
VR6
VR1
VR2
VR3
VR7
VR4
VR5
Figure 6-3 VRs for Adjusting DC Output
Section 6-4
Monitor Adjustments
6-4-1
Contrast and Brightness Adjustment
To adjust the contrast and brightness:
1.) Press the Toggle button (1) for contrast and brightness. Confirm that the contrast (or
brightness) indicator is displayed on the monitor. If the brightness is displayed, press the toggle
button again.
Figure 6-4 Monitor
6-4
Section 6-4 - Monitor Adjustments
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
6-4-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Contrast and Brightness Adjustment (cont’d)
2.) Press the Adjustment button (+, 2) to increase contrast (or brightness).
3.) Press the Adjustment button (-, 3) to decrease contrast (or brightness).
The amount of contrast (or brightness) is shown on a slide bar on the screen. Refer the
following table for the setting.
Table 6-34
Contrast and Brightness Recommended Setting
Monitor Adjustment
Room Condition
Contrast
Brightness
Dark room
50
40
Dim room
60
35
Bright room
70
30
room for Cardiology
80
20
Record the final brightness and contrast settings and leave this information withe the system. Generally
speaking, do not change the controls once they have been set, the display becomes the reference for
the hard copy device(s).
NOTE:
After readjusting the monitor’s Contrast and Brightness, readjust all preset and peripheral
settings.
Chapter 6 Service Adjustment
6-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
This page was intentionally left blank.
6-6
Section 6-4 - Monitor Adjustments
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 7
Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
Section 7-1
Overview
7-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 7
This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and
system operation. Basic host, system, and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied.
Some Service Tools may be run at the application level.
Table 7-1
Contents in Chapter 7
Section
Description
Page Number
7-1
Overview
7-1
7-2
Network Connectivity Troubleshooting
7-1
7-3
Gathering Trouble Data
7-2
7-4
Screen Captures
7-5
7-5
Diagnostics
7-9
7-6
Common Diagnostics
7-10
7-7
LED Descriptions
7-24
7-9
View Logs
7-25
Section 7-2
Network Connectivity Troubleshooting
There is a troubleshooting tool available that the customer can use as a first step to investigate network
connectivity issues. It gives the current status of network and provides the option to restart the network
components in the Back End Processor.
Activate the tool by pressing ALT+N and follow the choices displayed.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-3
Gathering Trouble Data
7-3-1
Overview
There may be a time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble images and system data (logs)
for acquisition through remote diagnostics (InSite) or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis.
There are different options to acquire this data that would give different results.
7-3-2
Collect Vital System Information
The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a
malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer:
-
Product Name = LOGIQ™ 5 PRO
From the Utility>System>About screen:
Applications Software
-
Software Version
-
Software Part Number
System Image Software
7-2
-
Image Part Number
-
Image Date
Section 7-3 - Gathering Trouble Data
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Collect a Trouble Image with Logs
If the system should malfunction, press the Alt-D keys simultaneously. This will collect a screen capture
of the image monitor, system presets and the following logs:
NOTE:
-
Keyboard Shadow Log
-
Error Logs
-
Crash Log
-
Power Supply
-
Temperature
Power Supply and Temperature logs are not currently being updated by the LOGIQ™ 5 PRO.
This Alt-D function is available at all times.
Figure 7-1 ALT-D Dialog Box and Option Dialog box
When Alt-D is pressed, a menu box appears that allows for:
-
A place to enter a description of the problem
-
A choice to store to a pre-formatted MOD (H: drive), CD-RW or to the Export directory D: drive
(for remote viewing through InSite).
NOTE:
You MUST select H:, or CD-RW as the destination device if it is to be different than the default
Export directory on the hard drive. Choose the H: drive which is the MOD, or the CD-RW.
NOTE:
From BTO5 software, USB memory stick is supported. Option button and options dialog box
like the right side image in Figure 7-1 is only supported from R4.0.4.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped. The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates
the possibility of artifacts from compression.
When pressing Option button, you can see the Advanced Option dialog box like Figure 7-1.
7-4
-
When you check the Export Logo Using checkbox, time talbe is enabled so that you can select
the time period of the log.
-
Under the Attach section, you can select various log options as seen in the Figure 7-1.
Section 7-3 - Gathering Trouble Data
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-4
Screen Captures
There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the
screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center through InSite. This is accomplished by first saving
the image(s) to the clipboard using a Print Key.
The P4 key is the factory default print key to accomplish a secondary screen capture. However, the
default is for the video area only or the customer may have customized the P4 Key function. Therefore,
screen capture should involve the following steps:
1.) Check and record any custom settings for the Print4 button.
2.) Set the Print4 button to Whole Screen, Secondary Capture.
3.) Capture the required screens to the Hard Drive, MOD or CD-R.
4.) Restore the Print4 button to its original settings.
7-4-1
Check and Record the P4 Key Function
Check the function of the Print 4 Key in the event that the customer may have made some custom
settings.
1.) Select Utility from the Key Pad Panel.
2.) Select Connectivity from the Menu.
3.) Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen.
4.) In the Button field, select Print4.
The Connectivity/Buttons Screen will be displayed like the one shown in Figure 7-2 on page 7-5 .
Figure 7-2 Buttons Set Up Screen
P4 is the factory default Screen Capture Key. If it is not set to Whole Screen or Screen Capture, as
shown in Figure 7-2, proceed to step 5 to record the customer’s custom settings.
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-4-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check and Record the P4 Key Function (cont’d)
5.) In the Destinations section, record the service that is displayed. The destinations list displays
the following information:
NOTE:
*
Name: user defined during service configuration
*
Type: the type of service
*
Server: the device for which the service was configured
*
Dir: direction: output, input, or both (I+O)
From BTO5 software, Check and Record the P4 Key Function
In the Physical Print Buttons section, record the service that is displayed. The Physical Print Buttons
section displays the following information :
*
Format : the type of image format
*
Image Frames : Single, Multiple, Secondary Capture
*
Capture Area : Video Area, Image Area, Whole Screen
*
Compression : The type of image compression.
*
Quality % : Image Quality.
In the Physical Print Buttons section, record the parameters related to the service.
6.) In the Image generated section, record the parameters related to the service.
NOTE:
7-4-2
From BTO5 software,In the Physical Print Buttons section, record the parameters related to the
service.
Setting the P4 Key to Screen Capture
If the P4 Key is not set to screen capture:
1.) Go to Utility->Connectivity->Button.
2.) Select Print4 under Physical Print Buttons section and set the Image Frames to Secondary
Capture. Add “Copy to Dataflow” to printflow view.
3.) Ensure that the Image Frames is set to Secondary Capture, Capture Area to Whole Screen,
and Compression to None.
4.) The P4 Key should now be set up for whole screen capture, sending the screens to the image
buffer (clipboard).
7-6
Section 7-4 - Screen Captures
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-4-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing a Screen
The following is a generic process to capture any screen from the scanner:
1.) Navigate to and display the image/screen to be captured.
2.) Press P4. This will place a snapshot of the screen on the “clipboard” displayed at the bottom
of the scan image display.
Menu
Clipboard
Thumbnai
Figure 7-3 Select Image to Capture
3.) Highlight the snapshot to be stored to the system hard drive, MOD or CD-R.
4.) Select Menu on the right side of the image screen, then highlight and select SAVE AS.
Save As
Figure 7-4 Menu > Save As
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-4-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Capturing a Screen (cont’d)
Figure 7-5 Save Dialog Box
5.) A Save dialog box will be opened. Choose d:\export folder as the archive location to save the
image on the hard disk, MOD or CD-R.
7-4-4
Reset the P4 Key to Customer’s Functionality
If the customer had programmed the P4 Key to a function other than screen capture, restore that
functionality recorded in section 7-4-1 on page 5. Refer to Figure 7-2.
1.) Select Utility from the Front Panel.
2.) Select Connectivity from the Menu.
3.) Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen.
4.) In the Button field, select Print4.
5.) In the Destinations section, select the service(s) recorded in step 5, Section 7-4-1. The
destinations list displays the following information:
NOTE:
*
Name: user defined during service configuration
*
Type: the type of service
*
Server: the device for which the service was configured
*
Dir: direction: output, input, or both (I+O)
Only output services can be associated to the print keys.
6.) In the Image generated section, select the parameters related to the service recorded in step
6, Section 7-4-1.
7-8
Section 7-4 - Screen Captures
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-5
Diagnostics
As described in - Components and Functions (Theory), the service platform uses a web-based user
interface (UI) to provide access to common service components.
The Diagnostic home page displays a listing of test categories consisting of Common Diagnostics, and
LOGIQ5 Diagnostics. Expand the desired main category to select groups or individual tests.
Figure 7-6 Global Service User Interface Diagnostic Screen
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-6
Common Diagnostics
Common Diagnostics is the first main heading under the GSUI heading of Diagnostics.
Figure 7-7 shows the top level menu choices under Common Diagnostics. The subheadings and their
respective diagnostic/troubleshooting menu choices are called out and described in the sections below.
Figure 7-7 Common Diagnostics
7-6-1
Utilities
Provides two selections:
7-6-1-1
Disruptive Mode
7-6-1-2
Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting. System Shutdown
Allows for system shutdown from the diagnostic menu. Select to retain Disruptive Mode or Not.
After submitting to or shutdown a confirmation screen gives one last chance to confirm or cancel the
request.
7 - 10
Section 7-6 - Common Diagnostics
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-6-2
7-6-2-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PC Diagnostics (Non-Interactive Tests)
CPU Tests
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-6-2-2
Hard Drive Tests
7-6-2-3
Memory Tests
7 - 12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 7-6 - Common Diagnostics
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-6-2-4
CD/DVD Drive Test
7-6-2-5
Video Test
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
7-6-2-6
USB Test(Not yet supported)
7-6-2-7
PCI Board Configuration Test
7-6-2-8
AGP Video Card Test
7-6-2-9
Network Test
7 - 14
Section 7-6 - Common Diagnostics
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-6-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PC Diagnostics (Interactive Tests)
7-6-3-1
Keyboard Test
7-6-3-2
Audio Test
7-6-3-3
Monitor Test
When you select a test to run, the display is changed.
13.)Instructions Frame
-
Displays either a test-specific text or the default instructions.
14.)Status Frame
-
Initially displays the last known status for a selected diagnostic. Once the diagnostic starts,
the frame displays the “current” status of all test results.
-
The Status Frame also contains the user interface elements used for Diagnostic Control and
Operator Feedback.
15.)Execute Button
-
This switch has two modes - each with appropriate text:
-
Execute - to start the diagnostic
-
Abort - to stop a diagnostic
16.)Loop Count
-
This is an editable text field that will only accept numeric values of 4 digits or less. When the
switch is configured as an “execute” switch and pressed, the loop count field will be queried
to determine the number of times to execute the diagnostic.
17.)Progress Indicator
-
Displays a graphical progress indicator for the user.
18.)Short Text Message
-
Displays brief messages about the test’s progress during execution.
19.)Status Frame Background Color
-
Initially gray, the Status Frame background color changes upon completion of a diagnostic to
indicate completion status.
-
Code Status Fail = Red
-
Code Status Pass = Green
-
Code Status neither Pass nor Fail (Example: Aborted) = Gray (default color).
Chapter 7 Diagnostics/Troubleshooting
7 - 15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
7-6-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
VIC
These programs are provided for testing the VIC board.
•
Cable to RDi board in Rear Panel and Keyboard for Power switch.
Figure 7-8 Diagnostic Group Selections - SCB Tests
7 - 16
•
Connect J4 connector in RDi board with CON4 connector in keyboard.
•
Cable to RDi assy to AC Power Assy. - Connect J6 connector in RDi board with CON1 connector
in AC Power Assy.
•
Cable to RDi board to BEP assy. - Connect J5 connector to CON17 connector in BEP.
Section 7-6 - Common Diagnostics
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 8
Replacement Procedures
Section 8-1
Overview
8-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 8
This chapter describes replacement procedures for the following modules and subsystems.
Section
Description
Page Number
8-1
Overview
8-1
8-2
DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY
8-1
8-3
Monitor
8-2
8-4
Keyboard Block
8-15
8-5
Covers
8-34
8-6
Body Block
8-55
8-7
PCB Boards
8-68
8-8
PC Block
8-77
8-9
Power Block
8-100
8-10
Software Loading Procedure
8-166
8-11
Installing Base Software Load Image
8-177
8-12
Full Backup / Restore Procedure
8-202
Table 8-1
Contents in Chapter 8
Section 8-2 DISASSEMBLY/RE-ASSEMBLY
WARNING
ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD REMOVE ANY COVERS OR
PANELS. ELECTRICAL HAZARDS EXISTS AT SEVERAL POINTS INSIDE. BECOME
THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENT
LEVELS TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
WARNING
DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-3
Monitor
8-3-1
CRT Assy (FRU No. 100)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the CRT Assy.
8-3-1-1
8-3-1-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-3-1-3
8-3-1-4
2 persons, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Maneuver Control Console to a suitable position for removing the monitor.
Removal procedure
1.) Remove the OP Rear Cover. Refer to section 8-5-10 on page 58.
2.) Unscrew one screw cap located at (1).
(1)
Figure 8-1 Removing OP rear Cover and Unscrew screw
8-2
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal procedure (cont’d)
3.) Remove 3Connectors (CN1 - CN3) from the Monitor. Refer to Figure 8-2.
CN1
CN2
CN3
Three Connectors
Figure 8-2 Disconnect three(3) connectors
4.) Lift the Monitor Assy upward. Refer to Figure 8-3.
CN1
CN2
CN3
1
Figure 8-3 Lifting the Monitor Assy Upward
5.) Remove the Monitor Cover set. Refer to section 8-3-3 on page 8.
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-2
8-3-1-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-10-1
CRT Assy function check procedure
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-3-1. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor Calibration
Purpose: This procedure describe the monitor calibration procedure for newly installed monitor or CRT
assembly. The newly installed monitor should be adjusted the gain uniformity for each RGB
analog signal which come from VGA port of BEP assy.
8-3-1-7
Enable test pattern for calibration
1.) Set the display screen to reference for monitor calibration.
•
Select the "utility" button on LCD -> Select the "Test Pattern" button on LCD. -> Move the trackball
cursor to the "White" button on monitor screen. Then calibration reference screen would be show
up on monitor screen.
Figure 8-4 Reference Screen for Monitor Calibration
2.) Monitor OSD Menu selection
L
e
f
tB
u
t
t
o
n
:M
o
v
e
t
h
e
O
S
D
c
u
r
s
o
rt
o
le
f
td
ir
e
c
t
io
n
C
e
n
t
e
rB
u
t
t
o
n
:T
u
r
n
o
n
O
S
D
m
e
n
u
O
re
n
a
b
le
h
ig
h
lig
h
t
e
d
m
e
n
u
R
ig
h
tB
u
t
t
o
n
:M
o
v
e
t
h
e
O
S
D
c
u
r
s
o
rt
o
le
f
td
ir
e
c
t
io
n
Figure 8-5 Monitor OSD Menu
8-4
•
push the center button for more 4 seconds untilOSD menu is turned on. Push the right button 4
times to move to "RGB" icon. If the "RGB" icon become highlight, push the Center button to go into
sub menu.
•
Move the cursor to "calibration" menu and push center button to activate calibration. wait until
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
monitor finish the calibration procedure. Monitor display color would be changed during Calibration.
Figure 8-6 OSD Menu for calibration
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor Cable Assy (FRU No. 101)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Monitor Assy.
8-3-2-1
8-3-2-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Cutter
Needed Manpower
•
8-3-2-3
8-3-2-4
1person, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Maneuver Control Console to a suitable position for removing the monitor.
Removal procedure
1.) Remove the OP Rear Cover. Refer to section 8-5-10 on page 58.
2.) Remove the Monitor Covers. For more information, refer to section 8-3-3 on page 8.
3.) Disconnect two connectors (1-2) and cut the tie wrap in the location (3). Refer to Figure 8-7.
Connector 1
Connector 2
Tie wrap
Figure 8-7 Disconnect Connectors and Cut the tiewrap
8-6
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal procedure (cont’d)
4.) Disconnect two connectors on the other end (4-5). Refer to Figure 8-8.
5
4
Figure 8-8 Disconnect two(2) Connectors (5-6)
5.) Pull the Cable Assy out from the OP Rear Cover.
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-3
8-3-2-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-10-1
CRT Assy function check procedure
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-3-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Debrief Script
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor Cover Set (FRU No. 102)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove the Monitor Cover Set.
8-3-3-1
Tools
•
8-3-3-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-3-3-3
1person, 10 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-3-3-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Tasklamp Assy, For more information, refer to section 8-3-6 on page 14.
2.) Unscrew three screws (1-2,6) to remove the Monitor Cover left.
3.) Unscrew three screws (3-5) to remove the Monitor Cover right.
4.) Unscrew four screws (7-10) to remove the Monitor Cover front.
5.) Monitor Cover Top can be removed without unscrewing.
3
4
1
2
9
5
10
7
8
6
Figure 8-9 MONITOR COVER SET DISASSEMBLY
8-8
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-4
8-3-3-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1-9
Monitor Cover Set
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-3-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Monitor S/W Assy (FRU No. 103)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Monitor S/W Assy.
8-3-4-1
Tools
•
8-3-4-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-3-4-3
1person, 10 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-3-4-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Monitor Cover Front. Refer to section 8-3-3 on page 8.
2.) Disconnect two connectors (1-2). Refer to Figure 8-10.
1
2
Figure 8-10 Disconnecting 2 cables
3.) Unscrew two screws (3-4) from the Monitor Cover Front. Refer to Figure 8-11.
3
4
Figure 8-11 Unscrew 2 screws
8 - 10
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Remove the Monitor S/W Assy. Refer to Figure 8-12.
4
3
Figure 8-12 Removing Monitor S/W Assy
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-5
8-3-4-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-10-1
CRT Assy function check procedure
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-3-4. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Speaker Assy (FRU No. 104)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Speaker Assy.
8-3-5-1
Tools
•
8-3-5-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-3-5-3
8-3-5-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
1person, 10 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Monitor Cover Set should be removed before proceed. For more information Refer to section 8-33 on page 8.
Removal Procedure
1.) Disconnect two connectors (1-2) from the rear side of the Monitor. Refer to Figure 8-13.
2
1
Figure 8-13 Disconnect two connectors
8 - 12
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
2.) Unscrew four screws (3-6) on the right side and (7-10) on the left to remove the speakers. Refer to
Figure 8-14.
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
5
4
6
Figure 8-14 Speaker Assy Disassembly
3.) Unscrew four screws (7-10) to remove the speaker on the right.
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-6
8-3-5-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-11-12
Speaker Assy Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-3-5. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
1.) Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Task Lamp Assy (FRU No. 105)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Task Lamp Assy.
8-3-6-1
Tools
•
8-3-6-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-3-6-3
8-3-6-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
1person, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Monitor Cover Set should be removed before proceed. For more information Refer to section 8-33 on page 8.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew two (1-2) screws to remove the TaskLamp Cover. Refer to Figure 8-15.
1
2
Figure 8-15 Removing Task Lamp Cover
8 - 14
Section 8-3 - Monitor
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-3-6-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
2.) Disconnect two (3-4) connectors. Refer to Figure 8-16.
4
3
Figure 8-16 Disconnect two connectors
3.) Unscrew two screws to remove the TaskLamp Assy.
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-7
8-3-6-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1-1
Task Lamp Assy
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-3-6. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-4
Keyboard Block
8-4-1
KeyBoard Assy (FRU No. 200)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Assy.
8-4-1-1
Tools
•
8-4-1-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-1-3
1person, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-4-1-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Probe Holder (FRU No.202). Refer to section 8-4-3 on page 21.
2.) Unscrew two screws (1-2) from the upper side of the keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-17.
1
2
Figure 8-17 Unscrew two screws on the shoulder
3.) Unscrew three screws (3-5) from the bottom of the keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-18.
8 - 16
5
4
3
Figure 8-18 Unscrew 3 screws from the bottom
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Disconnect three connectors (6-8) from the HUB board. Refer to Figure 8-19.
6
H U B Assy
7
8
Figure 8-19 Disconnect 3 connectors from the HUB
5.) Disconnect a connectors (9). Refer to Figure 8-20.
9
Figure 8-20 Disconnect two connectors
6.) Carefully lift the Keyboard assy from the system.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-8
8-4-1-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-7-1
Main Keyboard Assy validation
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 18
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-1. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
KeyBoard Front Grip (FRU No. 201)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Keyboard Front Grip.
8-4-2-1
Tools
•
8-4-2-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-2-3
8-4-2-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
1person, 25 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Remove the Keyboard Assy before proceed. For more information on Keyboard removal, refer to
section 8-4-1 on page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew fourteen (14) screws (1-14). Refer to Figure 8-21.
2.) Remove the KeyBoard Front Grip.
7
6
4
1
5
2
3
8
13
9
10
11
14
12
Figure 8-21 Removing Keyboard Front Grip
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-9
8-4-2-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1-2
Keyboard Front Grip
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 20
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Holder (FRU No. 202)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Probe Holder.
8-4-3-1
Tools
•
8-4-3-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-3-3
Not Required.
1persons, 1 minute + travel
Preparations
none
8-4-3-4
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove PG Rivet from the Probe Holder Assy.
2.) Lift the Probe Holder from the Bracket. Refer to Figure 8-22.
Lift
P.G. Rivet
Figure 8-22 PROBE HOLDER DISASSEMBLY
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-10
8-4-3-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1-3
Probe holder
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ECG Cable Hook (FRU No. 203)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the TGC Cable Holder.
8-4-4-1
Tools
•
8-4-4-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-4-3
1persons, 3 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-4-4-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Turn OFF the system.
2.) Unscrew two(1-2) screws from the bottom of the keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-23.
2
1
Figure 8-23 Removing ECG Cable Hook
8 - 22
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-11
8-4-4-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-4. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel Encoder Assy (FRU No. 204)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel Encoder Assy.
8-4-5-1
8-4-5-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers.
•
Longnose.
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-5-3
8-4-5-4
1persons, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the eight(8) encoder knobs (1-8) from the front side of the Keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-24.
(1)
(3)
(2)
(7)
(4)
(8)
(5)
(6)
Figure 8-24 Removing 8 encoder knobs
8 - 24
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
2.) Using longnose, pull out encoder nuts and encoder washers from each encoder. Refer to Figure 825.
Figure 8-25 Pulling Out encoder nuts
3.) Turn the keyboard to back side.
4.) Disconnect each of the encoders from the back side of the keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-26.
back side
Encoder Assy
Figure 8-26 Removing Encoders
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 25
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-12
8-4-5-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-11-2
OP Panel Encoder Assy Validation
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 26
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-5. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel TGC Assy (FRU No. 205)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel TGC Assy.
8-4-6-1
Tools
•
8-4-6-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-6-3
8-4-6-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
1persons, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove eight (8) TGC knobs from the upper side of the Keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-27.
Figure 8-27 Removing TGC Knobs
2.) Disconnect the TGC connector from the back side of the keyboard.
3.) Unscrew four (4) screws and Remove the TGC Assy from the keyboard.
TGC Connector
1
3
2
4
Figure 8-28 Unscrew 4 screws and remove TGC Assy
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 27
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-6-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-13
8-4-6-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-11-3
OP Panel TGC Assay Validation
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 28
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-6. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
TGC Knob Set (FRU No. 206)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace TGC Knobs.
8-4-7-1
Tools
•
8-4-7-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-7-3
1persons, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-4-7-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove eight (8) TGC knobs from the upper side of the Keyboard. Refer to Figure 8-29.
Figure 8-29 Removing TGC Knobs
2.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-14
8-4-7-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-11-4
TGC Knob Set validation
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-7. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 29
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel A/N Keyboard Assy (FRU No. 207)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel A/N Keyboard Assy.
8-4-8-1
Tools
•
8-4-8-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-8-3
8-4-8-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
1persons, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew five (5) screws and remove the HUB Assy EMC guard. Refer to Figure 8-30.
5
3
1
2
EMC Guard
4
Figure 8-30 Removing HUB EMC guard
2.) Disconnect two(2) connectors (1-2) from the HUB Board. Refer to Figure 8-31.
2
1
Figure 8-31 Disconnecting 2 connectors
8 - 30
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-8-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Unscrew eleven (11) screws (1-11) to remove the A/N keyboard prefix bracket. Refer to Figure 8-32.
(7)
(6)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(5)
(4)
(3)
(2)
(11)
(1)
Figure 8-32 Unscrew 11 screws
4.) Remove the A/N keyboard prefix bracket.
5.) Unscrew eight (8) screws (1-8) to remove the A/N keyboard Assy. Refer to Figure 8-33.
(1)
(2)
(8)
(3)
(7)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 8-33 Unscrew 8 screws
6.) Lift the A/N keyboard Assy Carefully.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 31
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-8-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-15
8-4-8-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-11-5
A/N Key assy validation
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 32
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-9
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel Trackball Assy (FRU No. 208)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace OP Panel Trackball Assy.
8-4-9-1
Tools
•
8-4-9-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-9-3
8-4-9-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
1person, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Disconnect two connectors (1-2) from the Trackball Assy. Refer to Figure 8-34.
1
2
Figure 8-34 Disconnect two connectors
2.) Unscrew three screws (3-5) to remove the Trackball Assy. Refer to Figure 8-35.
3
4
5
Figure 8-35 Unscrew 3 screws
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 33
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-9-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-16
8-4-9-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-11-6
Trackball Assy validation
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 34
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-9. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-10
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Panel HUB board Assy (FRU No. 209)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace HUB board Assy.
8-4-10-1
Tools
•
8-4-10-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-10-3
8-4-10-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
1persons, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew five (5) screws and remove the EMC guard from the HUB Board. Refer to Figure 8-36.
3
4
1
5
2
Figure 8-36 Open EMC guard
2.) Disconnect six (6) connectors (1-6) from the HUB Board Assy. Refer to Figure 8-37.
1
2
3
5
4
6
Figure 8-37 Disconnect 6 connectors
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 35
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-10-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Unscrew six (6) screws (6-11) to remove HUB Board Assy. Refer to Figure 8-38.
10
7
11
8
12
9
Figure 8-38 Unscrew 6 screws
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-17
8-4-10-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-10.
Section 4-11-7
OP Panel HUB Board Assy Validation
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 36
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-11
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Manu Key Assy (FRU No. 210)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace Manu key panel Assy.
8-4-11-1
Tools
•
8-4-11-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-11-3
8-4-11-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
1person, 10 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew 12screws (1-12) from the manu key prefix bracket to remove it. Refer to Figure 8-39.
9
10
8
6
5
11
7
12
4
3
1
2
Figure 8-39 Unscrew 12 screws from the Menu key brkt
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 37
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-11-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
2.) Disconnect two connectors and unscrew 8 screws. Refer to Figure 8-40.
1
5
3
2
6
4
7
8
Figure 8-40 Unscrew 8 screws
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-18
8-4-11-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-11.
Section 4-11-10
Menu Key Assy
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 38
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Menu Encoder Assy (FRU No. 211)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace OP panel encoder Assy.
8-4-12-1
Tools
•
8-4-12-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-4-12-3
8-4-12-4
Common pillips screwdrivers.
1person, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Keyboard Assy should be removed before proceed. For more information, refer to section 8-4-1 on
page 16.
Removal Procedure
1.) Detach five menuencoder knobs (1-5) from the menu key panel of the keyboard. Refer to Figure 841.
Figure 8-41 Detach Menu Encoder knobs
2.) Turn the Keyboard Assy upside down.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 39
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-4-12-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Disconnect two cable connector. Unscrew ten(10) screws (1-10) to remove the Menu Encoder
Assy. Refer to Figure 8-42.
10
3
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Figure 8-42 Unscrew 4 screws from Menu Encoder Circuit Board
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-19
8-4-12-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-4-12.
Section 4-11-11
Menu Encoder Assy
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 40
Section 8-4 - Keyboard Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-5
Covers
8-5-1
Left Cover (FRU No. 300)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Left Cover.
8-5-1-1
Tools
•
8-5-1-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-1-3
1person, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-1-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Turn OFF the system.
2.) Unscrew three screws (1-3).
3.) Remove the Left Cover. Refer to Figure 8-43.
1
2
3
Figure 8-43 Removing the Left Cover
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 41
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-20
8-5-1-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-1. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 42
Section 8-5 - Covers
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Right Cover (FRU No. 301)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Right Cover.
8-5-2-1
Tools
•
8-5-2-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-2-3
1person, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-2-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Turn OFF the system.
2.) Unscrew 3 screws (1-3).
3.) Remove the Right Cover. Refer to Figure 8-44.
1
2
3
Figure 8-44 Removing the right cover
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 43
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-21
8-5-2-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 44
Section 8-5 - Covers
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Cover (FRU No. 302)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Cover.
8-5-3-1
Tools
•
8-5-3-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-3-3
1 persons, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-3-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Unscrew six screws (1-6).
4.) Remove the Rear Cover. Refer to Figure 8-45.
2
1
5
6
6
66
3
4
Figure 8-45 Removing the rear cover
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 45
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-22
8-5-3-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 46
Section 8-5 - Covers
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Door Cover (FRU No. 303)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Door Cover.
8-5-4-1
Tools
•
8-5-4-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-4-3
1person, 20 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-4-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Rear Cover (FRU No.302). Refer to section 8-5-3 on page 45.
4.) Unscrew four screws (1-4). Refer to Figure 8-46.
5.) Remove hinges from the Rear Door Cover.
6.) Remove the Rear Door Cover.
1
2
3
4
Figure 8-46 Removing the Rear Door Cover
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 47
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-23
8-5-4-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-4. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 48
Section 8-5 - Covers
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Top Cover (FRU No. 304)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Top Cover.
8-5-5-1
Tools
•
8-5-5-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-5-3
1 person, 20 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-5-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Rear Cover (FRU No.302). Refer to section 8-5-3 on page 45.
4.) Unscrew two screws (1-2) from the top side of the Top cover. Refer to Figure 8-47.
(1)
(2)
Figure 8-47 Unscrew 2 screws from the Top cover
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 49
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) Unscrew four screws (3-6) from the bottom of the Top cover. Refer to Figure 8-48.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Figure 8-48 Unscrew 4 screws from the bottom
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-24
8-5-5-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-5. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 50
Section 8-5 - Covers
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Front Base Cover (FRU No. 305)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Base Cover.
8-5-6-1
Tools
•
8-5-6-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-6-3
1person, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-6-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Unscrew four screws (1-4). Refer to Figure 8-49.
(1)
Right side
(2)
(3), (4) are on the left side
Figure 8-49 Unscrew 2 screws on the Right side
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 51
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-6-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Remove the Front Base Cover. Refer to Figure 8-50.
3
4
1
2
Figure 8-50 Removing the Front Base Cover
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-25
8-5-6-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-6. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 52
Section 8-5 - Covers
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Front Cover (FRU No. 306)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Cover.
8-5-7-1
Tools
•
8-5-7-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-7-3
1person, 20 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-5-7-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Front Base Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to section 8-5-6 on page 51.
4.) Unscrew four screws (1-4). Refer to Figure 8-51.
(1)
(2)
Left Side
(3),(4) are on the right side
Figure 8-51 Unscrew 2 screws on the left side
5.) Remove the Front Cover.
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-26
8-5-7-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-7. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 53
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Side L Cover (FRU No. 307)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Side L Cover.
8-5-8-1
8-5-8-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-8-3
Preparations
•
8-5-8-4
1person, 25 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Front Base Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to section 8-5-6 on page 51.
4.) Remove the Front Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to section 8-5-7 on page 53.
5.) Remove the Keyboard (FRU No.200). Refer to section 8-4-1 on page 16
6.) Unscrew two (2) screws (1-2) and remove OP Curtain L Bracket. Refer to Figure 8-52.
OP curtain L BRKT
(1)
(2)
Figure 8-52 Removing OP Curtain L BRKT
8 - 54
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-8-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Unscrew five screws (3-7) and remove OP Side L Cover. Refer to Figure 8-53.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(7)
(6)
Figure 8-53 Unscrew 5 screws to remove OP L Cover
NOTE:
Different screw in length is used in the location Number (7).
8.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-27
8-5-8-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-8. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 55
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-9
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Side R Cover (FRU No. 308)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Side R Cover.
8-5-9-1
8-5-9-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-9-3
Preparations
•
8-5-9-4
1person, 25 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Front Base Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to 1.) on page 8-40.
4.) Remove the Front Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to section 8-5-7 on page 53.
5.) Remove the Keyboard Assy (FRU No,200). Refer to section 8-4-1 on page 16.
6.) Unscrew five (5) screws (1-5) and remove the Probe Holder Bracket. Figure 8-54.
(3)
(1)
(4)(5)
(2)
Probe Holder Bracket
Figure 8-54 Removing the Probe Holder Bracket
8 - 56
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-9-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Unscrew two (2) screws (6-7) and remove the OP Curtain R Bracket. Figure 8-55.
(6)
(7)
OP Curtain R Bracket
Figure 8-55 Removing the OP Curtain R Bracket
NOTE:
Different screw in length is used in the location Number (7).
8.) Unscrew six (6) screws (8-13) and remove the OP Side R Cover. Figure 8-56.
(10)
(9)
(8)
(13)
(11)
(12)
Figure 8-56 Removing the OP Side R Cover
9.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-28
8-5-9-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-9. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 57
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-10
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Rear Cover (FRU No. 309)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Rear Cover.
8-5-10-1
8-5-10-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-10-3
Preparations
•
8-5-10-4
1person, 15 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-2-2 on
page 5.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew two screws (1-2).
NOTE:
A coin can be used for a screwdriver to unscrew.
2.) Remove OP Rear Cover. Refer to Figure 8-57.
2
1
Figure 8-57 Removing OP Rear Cover
8 - 58
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-10-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-29
8-5-10-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-10.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 59
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-11
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Bottom Cover (FRU No. 310)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Bottom Cover.
8-5-11-1
8-5-11-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-11-3
Preparations
•
8-5-11-4
1 persons, 25 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-2-2 on
page 5.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Front Base Cover (FRU No.305). Refer to 1.) on page 8-40.
4.) Remove the Front Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to section 8-5-7 on page 53.
5.) Remove the OP Side L Cover (FRU No.307). Refer to section 8-5-8 on page 54.
6.) Remove the OP Side R Cover (FRU No.308). Refer to section 8-5-9 on page 56.
7.) Unscrew four (4) screws (1-4). Refer to Figure 8-58.
3
4
1
2
Figure 8-58 Removing the OP Bottom Cover
8 - 60
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-11-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
8.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-30
8-5-11-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-11.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 61
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
OP Curtain Cover (FRU No. 311)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the OP Curtain Cover.
8-5-12-1
8-5-12-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-12-3
Preparations
•
8-5-12-4
1 person, 25 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Front Base Cover (FRU No.305). Refer to 1.) on page 8-40.
4.) Remove the Front Cover (FRU No.306). Refer to section 8-5-7 on page 53.
5.) Remove the OP Side L Cover (FRU No.307). Refer to section 8-5-8 on page 54.
6.) Remove the OP Side R Cover (FRU No.308). Refer to section 8-5-9 on page 56.
7.) Remove the OP Bottom Cover (FRU No.310). Refer to section 8-5-11 on page 60.
8.) Unscrew 8 screws from the OP Curtain Cover. Refer to Figure 8-59.
OP Bottom Cover
(1)
(2)
(3)
OP Curtain Cover
(7)
(4)
(5)
(8)
(6)
Figure 8-59 Unscrew 6 screws to remove the OP Curtain Cover
8 - 62
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-12-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
9.) Remove the OP Curtain Cover. Refer to Figure 8-60.
Figure 8-60 Remove the OP Curtain Cover
10.)Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-31
8-5-12-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-12.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 63
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
EMI Cover L (FRU No. 312)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the EMI Cover L.
8-5-13-1
8-5-13-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-13-3
Preparations
•
8-5-13-4
1 person, 5 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Unscrew seven screws (1-7).
3.) Remove the EMI Cover L. Refer to Figure 8-61.
1
2
4
3
5
6
7
Figure 8-61 Removing the EMI Cover L
8 - 64
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-13-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-32
8-5-13-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-13.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 65
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
EMI Cover R (FRU No. 313)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the EMI Cover R.
8-5-14-1
8-5-14-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-5-14-3
Preparations
•
8-5-14-4
1person, 15 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43
2.) Unscrew seven (7) screws (1-7).
3.) Remove the EMI Cover R. Refer to Figure 8-62.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
Figure 8-62 Removing the EMI Cover R
8 - 66
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-14-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-33
8-5-14-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-14.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 67
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-15
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Side Cap (FRU No. 314)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Side Cap.
8-5-15-1
Tools
•
8-5-15-2
Not required
Needed Manpower
•
1 persons, 3 minute + travel
8-5-15-3
Preparations
8-5-15-4
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Pull the Side Cap upward from the Left Cover.
3.) Remove the Right Cover. Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
4.) Pull the Side Cap upward from the Right Cover. Refer to Figure 8-63.
Figure 8-63 Removing Side Caps
8 - 68
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-15-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-34
8-5-15-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-15.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 69
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-16
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Side Fringe (FRU No. 315)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Side Fringe.
8-5-16-1
Tools
•
8-5-16-2
Not required.
Needed Manpower
•
1 persons, 3 minute + travel
8-5-16-3
Preparations
8-5-16-4
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Pull the Side Fringe upward from the Left Cover.
3.) Remove the Right Cover. Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
4.) Pull the Side Fringe upward from the Right Cover. Refer to Figure 8-64.
Figure 8-64 Removing the Side Caps
8 - 70
Section 8-5 - Covers
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-5-16-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-35
8-5-16-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-5-16.
Equipment passed all required tests and is
ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 71
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-6
Body Block
8-6-1
Rear Handle (FRU No. 400)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Handle.
8-6-1-1
8-6-1-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-6-1-3
Preparations
•
8-6-1-4
1person, 25 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Rear Cover (FRU No.302). Refer to section 8-5-3 on page 45.
4.) Remove the Top Cover (FRU No.304). Refer to section 8-5-5 on page 49.
5.) Unscrew four (4) screws (1-4) to remove peri rear bracket. Refer to Figure 8-65.
(3)
(1)
(4)
(2)
Figure 8-65 Removing the Peri Rear Bracket
8 - 72
Section 8-6 - Body Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
6.) Unscrew two (2) screws (5-6) from the rear side of handle. Refer to Figure 8-66.
(6)
(5)
Figure 8-66 Unscrew two screws
7.) Unscrew 2 screws (7-8) above top plate surface on the Rear Handle.
8.) Unscrew 4 screws (9-12) below top plate surface on the Rear Handle. Refer to Figure 8-67.
(7)
(8)
Rear Handle
(9)
(11)
(12)
(10)
Top Plate surface
(13)
(14)
Figure 8-67 Removing the Rear Handle
9.) Remove the Rear Handle.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 73
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
10.)Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-36
8-6-1-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-6-1. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 74
Section 8-6 - Body Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Panel Assy (FRU No. 401)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Panel Assy.
8-6-2-1
8-6-2-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-6-2-3
Preparations
•
8-6-2-4
1 persons, 40 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
2.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
3.) Remove the Rear Cover (FRU No.302). Refer to section 8-5-3 on page 45.
4.) Remove the EMI Cover R.
5.) Unscrew four(4) Screw (1-4) to remove rear Panel Assy.
6.) Unscrew eight (8) screws (5-12) to remove the EMI rear Bracket. Refer to Figure 8-68.
5
1
9
6
2
10
7
3
11
12
8
1
Figure 8-68 Unscrew 8 screws to remove EMI brkt
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 75
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Disconnect 8 connectors (1-8) from the left side of the Panel. Refer to Figure 8-69.
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2
3
4
External VGA Connector
Isolated Power Connector
Power Control Connector
Rear Digital Signal Connector
Main S/W and HDD LED Signal Connector
USB Down Stream Connector
InSite Connector
Ethernet Connector
CN1
5
6
7
8
Figure 8-69 Disconnecting 8 Connectors
8.) Disconnect 9 connectors (9-17) from the right side of the Panel. Refer to Figure 8-70.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Rear Analog Signal Connector
B/W Printer Power Connector
Line-In Connector
Line-Out Connetor
MIC In Connector
Sound Connector
Foot S/W Connector
Rear Panel Power-In Connector
Rear Panel Power-Out Connector
9
11
12
13
14
10
15
16
17
Figure 8-70 Disconnecting 9 connectors
9.) Remove the Rear Panel Assy.
8 - 76
Section 8-6 - Body Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
10.)Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-37
8-6-2-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1
Cover Parts Function Validation
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-6-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 77
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-2-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Replace the EEPROM on the RDI Assy in the rear panel assy.
1.) Rear panel assy include the eeprom which have the system serial number information.
2.) If the rear panel assy would be replaced with other one, the eeprom in the rear panel assy should
be moved to new assy from old one.
3.) This eeprom is very important because the system serial number information in the eeprom is the
key information for system software boot up.
Figure 8-71 EEPROM in the Rear Panel Assy
8-6-2-7
NOTE:
How to Check and write the system serial number on EEPROM
Be cafeful to keep the tap direction of the eeprom when install the eeprom in the socket.
4.) Plug the service dongle on the usb port on rear panel.
5.) Turn on the system.
6.) When the log in dialog box appears, type the service password for maintenance mode.
7.) If the win XP screen appear, run the window explorer. Move the cursor to bottom of the screen.
8.) If the task bas appear, click the explorer icon.
8 - 78
Section 8-6 - Body Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-2-7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
How to Check and write the system serial number on EEPROM (cont’d)
Figure 8-72 Window Explorer on OS screen
9.) Run the "PC2IPIIC.EXE" by double click . This execution file is in "C:\Jupiter\target\bin" directory
Figure 8-73 “PC2IPIIC.EXE”
10.)Write the serial number in eeprom
11.)If double click the "PC2IPIIC.EXE", this dialog box will be appeared.
12.)Move the trackball cursor on the white blank box and click the set key.
13.)Type the system serial number in the box.
14.)And move the trackball cursor on to "Write" button and click the set key.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 79
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-2-7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
How to Check and write the system serial number on EEPROM (cont’d)
Figure 8-74 Execute the “PC2IPIIC.EXE”
15.)If the same serial number appear on the next column as below picture, the write procedure
is finished.
8 - 80
Section 8-6 - Body Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Front Caster (FRU No. 403)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Front Caster.
8-6-3-1
8-6-3-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
•
Lifter (180Kg)
Needed Manpower
•
8-6-3-3
8-6-3-4
1 persons, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Lift the system before proceed.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew eight (8) hexagonal bolts (1-8).
2.) Remove the Front Caster. Refer to Figure 8-75.
5
6
7
1
8
2
3
4
Figure 8-75 Removing the Front Caster
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 81
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-38
8-6-3-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1-5
Front caster/Rear caster
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-6-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 82
Section 8-6 - Body Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Rear Caster (FRU No. 404)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Rear Caster.
8-6-4-1
8-6-4-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
•
Lifter (180Kg)
Needed Manpower
•
8-6-4-3
8-6-4-4
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Lift the system before proceed.
Removal Procedure
1.) Unscrew eight hexagonal bolts (1-8).
2.) Remove the Rear Caster. Refer to Figure 8-76.
5
6
7
1
8
2
3
4
Figure 8-76 Removing the Rear Caster
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 83
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-39
8-6-4-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1-5
Front caster/Rear caster
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-6-4. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 84
Section 8-6 - Body Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Bumper Set (FRU No. 405)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Bumper Set.
8-6-5-1
Tools
•
8-6-5-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-6-5-3
1persons, 20 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-6-5-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove the Monitor Assy (FRU No.100). Refer to section 8-3-1 on page 2.
2.) Remove the Left Cover (FRU No.300). Refer to section 8-5-1 on page 41.
3.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-2 on page 43.
4.) Remove the Front Base Cover (FRU No.305). Refer to section 8-5-6 on page 51.
5.) Unscrew two screws (1-2).
6.) Remove the Bumper Set. Refer to Figure 8-77.
2
1
Figure 8-77 Removing the Bumper Set
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 85
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-40
8-6-5-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
“Service Manual, Direction
Section 4-12-1-6
Bumper Set
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-6-5. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 86
Section 8-6 - Body Block
Debrief Script
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-6-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Air Filter Set (FRU No. 406)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Air Filter Set.
8-6-6-1
Tools
•
8-6-6-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-6-6-3
1 person, 5 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-6-6-4
Not Required.
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
1.) Remove Air Filter as illustrated below.Refer to Figure 8-78.
Figure 8-78 Removing the Air Filters
2.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-41
8-6-6-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-12-1-7
Air filter set
Section 10-5-5
Physical Inspection
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-6-6. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 87
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-7
PCB Boards
8-7-1
RLY Assy (FRU No. 500)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the RLY Assy.
8-7-1-1
Tools
•
8-7-1-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-7-1-3
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-7-1-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4
Removal Procedure
CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component. Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap
before you remove circuit boards. Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity.
Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting/dismounting each boards. Surface mount IC
boards are very susceptible to damage from flex/torque.
1.) Remove the Front Cover. Refer to section 8-5-7 on page 53.
2.) Remove the Front Base Cover. Refer to section 8-5-6 on page 51.
3.) Unscrew four (4) screws (1-4) to remove the EMC Bracket. Refer to Figure 8-79.
4
3
2
1
Figure 8-79 Unscrew 4 screws to remove EMC BRKT
8 - 88
Section 8-7 - PCB Boards
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Unscrew nine (7) screws (5-13) to open the RLY Board Cover. Refer to Figure 8-80.
8
9
10
7
11
6
12
5
13
Figure 8-80 Removing the RLY board Cover
NOTE:
Bind head screw is used at the location number (6).
5.) Unscrew seven (7) screws (14-20) to remove the RLY Board. Refer to Figure 8-81.
14
20
15
19
16
17
18
Figure 8-81 Unscrew 7 screws to remove the RLY Board
6.) Get the probe connector and pull the RLY board Out.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 89
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-42
8-7-1-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-1
RLY Assy function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Section 10-6
Using a Phantom
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 90
Section 8-7 - PCB Boards
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-7-1. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
LMT Assy (FRU No. 501)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the LMT Assy.
8-7-2-1
Tools
•
8-7-2-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-7-2-3
1 person, 25 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-7-2-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component. Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap
before you remove circuit boards. Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity.
Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting/dismounting each boards. Surface mount IC
boards are very susceptible to damage from flex/torque.
1.) Remove the RLY Assy. Refer to section 8-7-1 on page 88.
2.) Unscrew two (2) screws (1-2) to remove the LMT Board. Refer to Figure 8-82.
1
2
Figure 8-82 Unscrew 2 screws to remove the LMT B’d
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 91
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Pull the LMT Board out. Refer to Figure 8-83.
Figure 8-83 Pulling Out LMT Board
4.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-43
8-7-2-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-2
LMT Assy function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Section 10-6
Using a Phantom
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 92
Section 8-7 - PCB Boards
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-7-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BackPlane (FRU No. 502)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Backplane.
8-7-3-1
Tools
•
8-7-3-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-7-3-3
8-7-3-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
1 person, 30 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Left Cover, Right Cover and Rear Cover should be removed before proceed. Refer to section 8-51 on page 41, section 8-5-2 on page 43, and section 8-5-3 on page 45.
•
It is recommended to remove BEP (Back End Processor) assy before proceed. For more
information refer to section 8-8-1 on page 100
Removal Procedure
CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component. Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap
before you remove circuit boards. Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity.
Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting/dismounting each boards. Surface mount IC
boards are very susceptible to damage from flex/torque.
1.) Remove the EMI Cover R (FRU No.313). Refer to section 8-5-14 on page 66.
2.) Unscrew the nine (9) screws from the Nest EMI Cover.
3.) Remove the Nest EMI Cover.
4.) From the left view, disconnect eight connectors from the Backplane Assy. Refer to Figure 8-84.
Figure 8-84 Disconnect 8 connectors from the left
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 93
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) From the right view, disconnect two connectors (9-10).
(9)
(11)
(10)
(13)
(14)
(12)
(15)
Figure 8-85 Disconnect 2 connectors from the right
6.) Unscrew five (5) screws (11-15) to remove the Backplane Assy.
7.) Pull the Backplane assy out carefully.
WARNING
The weight of the Backplane with PCBs inside is approximately 20 kg. Two person is
needed in the next step.
8.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-44
8-7-3-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-8
Backplane Assy function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Section 10-6
Using a Phantom
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8 - 94
Section 8-7 - PCB Boards
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-7-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PCB Boards (FRU No. 503, 505~510)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the PCB Boards.
PMP Assy (FRU No.503), SIG Assy (FRU No.505), FEC Assy (FRU No.506), RDS Assy (FRU No.507),
CWDOP Assy (FRU No.508), ATD Assy (FRU No.509) and HV Assy (FRU No.510)
8-7-4-1
8-7-4-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-7-4-3
Preparations
•
8-7-4-4
1 persons, 20 minutes + travel.
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component. Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap
before you remove circuit boards. Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity.
Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting/dismounting each boards. Surface mount IC
boards are very susceptible to damage from flex/torque.
1.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-3 on page 45.
2.) Remove the EMI Cover R (FRU No.313). Refer to section 8-5-14 on page 66.
3.) Unscrew the nine (9) screws from the Nest EMI Cover.
4.) Remove the Nest EMI Cover.
5.) SIG Assy should be removed first before removing PMP, ATD, CWDOP, RDS Assy.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 95
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
6.) Disconnect one connector (1) if removing the FEC Assy. Otherwise skip this step. Refer to Figure
8-86.
SIG Board
(1)
Figure 8-86 Disconnecting Cable
7.) Move the upper and lower stopper in the direction indicated by the arrow (1). Refer to Figure 8-87.
(1)
(2)
(1)
Figure 8-87 Taking Out the Board.
8.) Pull out the board in the direction indicated by the arrow (2). do not bend it.
8 - 96
Section 8-7 - PCB Boards
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
9.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-45
8-7-4-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13
Board Function Checks
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Section 10-6
Using a Phantom
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-7-4. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 97
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
DC Fan Assy(FRU No. 504)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the DC Fan.
8-7-5-1
Tools
•
8-7-5-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-7-5-3
1 persons, 20 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-7-5-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION An electronic discharge may damage a component. Turn OFF power and wear the wrist strap
before you remove circuit boards. Do not unplug the power cord to keep ground continuity.
Do not bend or flex the boards when mounting/dismounting each boards. Surface mount IC
boards are very susceptible to damage from flex/torque.
1.) Remove the Right Cover (FRU No.301). Refer to section 8-5-3 on page 45.
2.) Remove the EMI Cover R (FRU No.313). Refer to section 8-5-14 on page 66.
3.) Unscrew the nine(9) screws from the Nest EMI Cover.
4.) Remove the Nest EMI Cover.
5.) Disconnect one (1) connector (1).
6.) Unscrew two (2) screws (2-3) to remove DC Fan Assy. Refer to Figure 8-88.
Figure 8-88 Removing the DC Fan Assy
8 - 98
Section 8-7 - PCB Boards
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-7-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-46
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
8-7-5-5
Power Off / Shutdown
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-7-5. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 99
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-8
PC Block
8-8-1
BEP (Back End Processor) ASSY(FRU No. 600)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the BEP Assy.
8-8-1-1
Tools
•
8-8-1-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-8-1-3
8-8-1-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
2 persons, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Left Cover, Right Cover and Rear Cover should be removed before proceed. Refer to section 8-51 on page 41, section 8-5-2 on page 43, and section 8-5-3 on page 45.
General Procedures of BEP Assy Disassembly.
8.) Open the EMI Cover L Assy (FRU No. 312).
9.) Open the rear cover and EMI Rear Bracket.
10.)Disconnect all the connectors connected With the BEP.
11.)Unscrew eight (8) screws (1-8) and take out the BEP Power plug(9).
12.)Take out the BEP assy to forward direction.
Figure 8-89 Take out the BEP assy from the console
13.)When replace the BEP assy the option dongle should be moved from old BEP to new one. The FRU
BEP doesn’t have the option dongle.
8 - 100
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
General Procedures of BEP Assy Disassembly. (cont’d)
Option Dongle
VGA to VIC Cable
Figure 8-90 Service Dongle replacement
General Procedures of BEP3 Assy Disassembly.
Option Dongle
VGA to VIC Cable
Figure 8-91 BEP3 Option Dongle replacement
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 101
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
General Procedures of BEP Assy Disassembly. (cont’d)
General Procedures of BT05 BEP3 Assy Disassembly
Option Dongle
Figure 8-92 BT05 BEP3 Option Dongle replacement
NOTE:
BEP2 and BEP3 FUR include applicable FRU CD SET, APPLICATION CD [2.06 Version], VGA
VIC CABLE ,which consider BEP1 User
NOTE:
BT05 BEP3 FRU include no CD SET, VGA VIC CABLE. Because BT05 BEP3 FRU is
interchanged with only BTO5 SYSTEM (Use CD SET of Install Based system )
NOTE:
BEP2 and BEP3 FRU can be interchanged with all of Install based system exclude BTO5
SYSTEM, That is to say, BT05 BEP3 FRU can be alternated with only BTO5 Install Based
system
NOTE:
BEP FRU include CD set and VGA to VIC cable because the CD set and cable for BEP1 can
not be used for BEP
NOTE:
If the BEP1 is replaced with BEP FRU, the CD set on the EMI metal cover also should be
replaced with new CD set which is included in the BEP FRU kits
8 - 102
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection with Console( In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3)
1.) Push the BEP Assy into The System and then Connect PCI Cable.
2.) Check the PCI cable is arranged without short before connecting PCI cable to BEP.
3.) Connect the PCI cable to the BEP assy.
PCI
C a b le
Figure 8-93 PCI cable connection
4.) Connect the J2 Cable connector(44pin D Sub connector)to the BEP.
J 2 C a b le
Figure 8-94 J2 cable connection
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 103
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection with Console( In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3) (cont’d)
5.) Connect LI, LO, MI, ETHERNET Connector to Sound/LAN Port on BEP.
Ethernet Cable
MI(Mic:Red) Cable
LO(Line Out : Green) Cable
LI(Line In:Blue) Cable
Figure 8-95 Connecting Cables
6.) Connect CON17 Connector to BEP.
C O N 1 7 c a b le
Figure 8-96 Connecting CON17 cables
7.) Check the CON 17 cable is arranged without short before connecting.
8 - 104
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection with Console( In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3) (cont’d)
8.) Connect CON21 Connector to BEP.
C O N 21 cable
Figure 8-97 CON21 cable connection
9.) Connection COM1 Connector to Serial Port on BEP.
NOTE:
COM1 Cable Connect to Motherboard Serial Port ( D-SUB 9 Pin Male )
COM1 cable
Figure 8-98 COM1 cable connection
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 105
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection with Console( In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3) (cont’d)
10.)Connection Keyboard, Printer connector to USB Port on BEP.
Keyboard
USB Port
Figure 8-99
Printer
Keyboard, Printer connector
11.)Connect ATX Power to BEP.
ATX Power cable
Figure 8-100 ATX Power cable connector
8 - 106
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection With Console ( In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM )
1.) Push the BEP Assy into The System and then Connect PCI Cable.
2.) Check the PCI cable is arranged without short before connecting PCI cable to BEP.
3.) Connect the PCI cable to the BEP assy
PCI Cable
Figure 8-101 PCI cable connection
4.) Connect the J2 Cable connector to the BEP.
J2 cable connector
Figure 1-102 J2 cable connection
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 107
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection With Console ( In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM
) (cont’d)
5.) Connect the LCD Connector to BEP.
LCD connector
Figure 1-103 LCD cable connection
6.) Connect LI, LO, MI, ETHERNET Connector to Sound/LAN Port on BEP.
Ethernet Cable
MI (MIC : Red) cable
LO (Line Out : Green) Cable
LI (Line In : Blue) Cable
Figure 1-104 Connecting Cables
8 - 108
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection With Console ( In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM
) (cont’d)
7.) Connect CON17 Connector to BEP.
CON 17 cable
Figure 1-105 Connecting CON17 cables
8.) Check the CON 17 cable is arranged without short before connecting.
9.) Connect CON21 Connector to BEP.
CON 21 Cable
Figure 1-106 CON21 cable connection
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 109
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection With Console ( In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM
) (cont’d)
10.)Connection COM1 Connector to Serial Port on BEP.
NOTE:
COM1 Cable Connect to Motherboard Serial Port ( D-SUB 9 Pin Male )
COM1 cable
Figure 1-107 COM1 cable connection
11.)Connection Keyboard, Printer connector to USB Port on BEP.
Keyboard
USB Port
Figure 1-108 Keyboard, Printer connector
8 - 110
Section 8-8 - PC Block
Printer
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BEP Cable Connection With Console ( In case of change to BTO5 BEP3 FRU on BTO5 SYSTEM
) (cont’d)
12.)Connect ATX Power to BEP.
ATX Power cable
Figure 1-109 ATX Power cable connector
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 111
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Functional Check (In case of change BEP 1 into BEP2 or BEP3 )
Check the system after BEP is assembled on the console.
1.) Pull Up Circuit Breaker.
2.) Insert the Service Key to Rear Panel USB Port.
3.) Power on the system.
4.) Check The Logo Image as below. .
Figure 8-110 Logo Display
5.) Press F2 Key
6.) Check the BEP BIOS set-up is same as below.Password is jupiter ( lower case )
BIOS Version
RG84510A.86.A.0024.P1
Process Type
Intel ® Pentium ® 4
Process Speed
2Ghz
System Bus Speed
400Mhz
System Memory Speed 266Mhz
Cache RAM
512KB
Total Memory
Memory Bank 0
Memory Bank 1
Language
System time
System Data
511MB
512MB (DDR266)
Not Installed
[ English ]
[ 04:22:55 ] -- Current Time Setting
[ The 03/11/2003 ] -- Current Date Setting
Figure 8-111 Main Menu Screen
8 - 112
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Advanced Menu
P C I C o n f ig u r a t io n
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
PCI
S lo t
S lo t
S lo t
S lo t
S lo t
S lo t
1
2
3
4
5
6
IR Q
IR Q
IR Q
IR Q
IR Q
IR Q
B o o t C o n f ig u r a t io n
P r io r it y
P r io r it y
P r io r it y
P r io r it y
P r io r it y
P r io r it y
[
[
[
[
[
[
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
AUTO
]
]
]
]
]
]
P lu g & P la y O / S
N u m lo c k
[ YES ]
[ ON ]
I D E C o n f ig u r a t io n
P e r ip h e r a l C o n f ig u r a t io n
S e r ia l P o r t A
P a r a lle l P o r t
M ode
A u d io
L A N D e v ic e
[ AUTO ]
[ AUTO ]
[ ECP ]
[ E n a b le ]
[ E n a b le ]
I D E C o n t r o lle r
[ B o th ]
P C I ID E B u s M a s te r
H a r d D is k P r e - D e la y
P r im a r y I D E M a s t e r
P r im a r y I D E S la v e
S e c o n d a ry ID E M a s te r
S e c o n d a r y I D E S la v e
[ E n a b le ]
[ D is a b le ]
: [ ST 380011A ]
: [ N o t D e te c te d ]
: [ P X -W 2 4 1 ]
: [ N o t D e te c te d ]
D is k e t t e C o n f ig u r a t io n
E v e n t L o g C o n f ig u r a t io n
D is k e t t e C o n t r o lle r
E v e n t L o g g in g
[ D is a b le ]
[ E n a b le ]
V id e o C o n f ig u r a t io n
U S B C o n f ig u r a t io n
A G P A p e r t u r e S iz e
[ 64 M B ]
P r im a r y V id e o a d a p t e r [ A G P ]
F r a m e B u f f e r S iz e
[1 MB ]
H ig h – S p e e d U S B [ D is a b le ]
L e g a c y U S B S u p p o r t [ E n a b le ]
C h ip s e t C o n f ig u r a t io n
F a n C o n t r o l C o n f ig u r a t io n
I S A E n a b le B it
P C I L a t e n c y T im e
E x t e n d e d C o n f ig u r a t io n
F a n C o n tro l
Low est Fan S peed
[ E n a b le ]
[ 32 ]
[ D e f a u lt ]
[ E n a b le ]
[ S lo w ]
Figure 8-112 Advanced Menu
8-8-1-9
Security Menu
Security
Supervisor password
User password
Set Supervisor password
User Access Level
Set User password
Chassis Intrusion
:
:
InstalledLowest Fan
Not Installed
[ No Access ]
[ Disable ]
Figure 8-113 Security Menu
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 113
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-10
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Power Menu
Power
ACPI
ACPI SuspendState
W
akeonLanfromS5
After Power Failure
W
akeOnPCI PM
E
[ S1State]
[ stayoff ]
[ StayOFF]
[ StayOFF]
Figure 8-114 Power Menu
8-8-1-11
Boot Menu
Silent Boot
[ Enable ]
Intel ( R ) rapid BIOS Boot
[ Enable ]
Scan User Flash Area
[ Enable ]
PXT Boot To LAN
[ Disable ]
USB Boot
[ Disable ]
Boot Device Priority
1ST Boot Device [ CD-R PX-W ] *CDRW
2ND Boot Device
[ ST380011A ] *HDD
3RD Boot Device
[ Disable ]
Figure 8-115 Boot Menu
a.) BEP3 BIOS set up condition
Main menu screen
8 - 114
BIOS Version
BF86510A.86.A.0069.P21
Process Type
Intel Pentium 4
Process Speed
2.4Ghz-- Not editable
System Bus Speed
533Mhz
-- Not editable
System Memory Speed
333Mhz
-- Not editable
Cache RAM
512KB
-- Not editable
Total Memory
512MB
-- Not editable
Memory Mode
Single channel
-- Not editable
Memory Channel A Slot 0
512MB (DDR333)
-- Not editable
Memory Channel A Slot 1
-- Not editable
Memory Channel B Slot 0
-- Not editable
Memory Channel B Slot 1
-- Not editable
Language
[ English ]
System time
[ 04:22:55 ]
-- Current Time Setting
System Data
[The 01 / 3 /2005 ]
-- Current Date Setting
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Advanced menu screen
PCI Configuration
PCI Slot 1 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 2 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 3 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 4 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 5 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 6 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
Boot Configuration
Plug & Play O/S
[ NO ]
Num lock
[ ON ]
Peripheral Configuration
Serial Port A
[ AUTO ]
Parallel Port
[ AUTO ]
Mode
[ ECP ]
Audio
[ Enable ]
LAN Device
[ Enable ]
ASF Support
[ Disabled ]
Device Configuration
ATA/IDE Configuration
[ Enhanced ]
PCI IDE Bus Master
[ Enhanced ]
Hard Disk Pre-Delay
[ Disabled ]
SATA Port-0
[ Not detected ]
SATA Port-1
[ Not detected ]
PATA Primary Master
[ HDS728080PLAT20 ] -- Current HDD
PATA Primary Slave
[ Not detected ]
PATA Secondary Master
[GCE-8526B]
-- Current CDRW
PATA Secondary Slave
[ Optional ]
-- Optional MOD
Floppy Configuration
Diskette Controller
[ Disabled ]
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 115
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Event Log Configuration
Event Log
[ Space available ]
View Event Log
-- Not editable
-- [Enter] Displays the event log
Event Logging
[ Enable ]
Video Configuration
AGP Aperture Size
[ 128 MB ]
Primary Video adapter
[ AGP ]
Frame Buffer Size
[ 16 MB ]
USB Configuration
USB Function
[ Enable ]
High - Speed USB
[ Enable ]
Legacy USB Support
[ Enable ]
USB 2.0 Legacy Support
[ HI - Speed ]
Chipset Configuration
ISA Enable Bit
[ Disable ]
PCI Latency Time
[ 32 ]
Extended Configuration
[ Default ]
Chipset Memory Timing Control
SDRAM Frequency
[ AUTO ]
-- Not applicable
CPU override
[ AUTO ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM Timing Control
[ AUTO ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM RAS ACT. To Pre
[7]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM CAS Latency
[ 2.5 ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM RAS# to CAS# Delay [ 3 ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM RAS# Precharge
-- Not applicable
[3]
Fan Control Configuration
8 - 116
Fan Control
[ Enable ]
Lowest Fan Speed
[ Slow ]
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Security menu screen
Supervisor password
:
Installed
User password
:
Not Installed
Set Supervisor password
User Access Level
[ No Access ]
Set User password
Chassis Intrusion
[ Disable ]
Power
ACPI
ACPI Suspend State
[ S1 State ]
Wake on Lan from S5
[ stay off ]
After Power Failure
[ Stay OFF ]
Wake On PCI PME
[ Stay OFF ]
Boot
Silent Boot
[ Enable ]
Intel ( R ) rapid BIOS Boot
[ Enable ]
Scan User Flash Area
[ Enable ]
PXT Boot To LAN
[ Disable ]
USB Boot
[ Disable ]
Boot Device Priority
1ST Boot Device
[ GCE-8526B ]
2ND Boot Device
[ HDS728080PLAT20 ] -- Current HDD
3 RD Boot Device
[ Disable ]
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
-- Current CDRW
8 - 117
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
b.) BTO5 BEP3 BIOS set up condition
Main menu screen
BIOS Version
BF86510A.86.A.0069.P21
Process Type
Intel Pentium 4
-- Not editable
Process Speed
2.8Ghz
-- Not editable
System Bus Speed
533Mhz
-- Not editable
System Memory Speed
333Mhz
-- Not editable
Cache RAM
512KB
-- Not editable
Total Memory
512MB
-- Not editable
Memory Mode
Single channel
-- Not editable
Memory Channel A Slot 0
512MB (DDR333)
Memory Channel A Slot 1
-- Not editable
Memory Channel B Slot 0
-- Not editable
Memory Channel B Slot 1
-- Not editable
Language
[ English ]
System time
[ 04:22:55 ]
-- Current Time Setting
System Data
[The 01 / 3 /2005 ]
-- Current Date Setting
Advanced menu screen
PCI Configuration
PCI Slot 1 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 2 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 3 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 4 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 5 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
PCI Slot 6 IRQ Priority
[ AUTO]
Boot Configuration
8 - 118
Plug & Play O/S
[ NO ]
Num lock
[ ON ]
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Peripheral Configuration
Serial Port A
[ AUTO ]
Parallel Port
[ AUTO ]
Mode
[ ECP ]
Audio
[ Enable ]
LAN Device
[ Enable ]
ASF Support
[ Disabled ]
Device Configuration
ATA/IDE Configuration
[ Enhanced ]
PCI IDE Bus Master
[ Enhanced ]
Hard Disk Pre-Delay
[ Disabled ]
SATA Port-0
[ Not detected ]
SATA Port-1
[ Not detected ]
PATA Primary Master
[ HDS728080PLAT20 ] -- Current HDD
PATA Primary Slave
[ Not detected ]
PATA Secondary Master
[GCE-8526B]
-- Current CDRW
PATA Secondary Slave
[ Optional ]
-- Optional MOD
Floppy Configuration
Diskette Controller
[ Disabled ]
Event Log Configuration
Event Log
[ Space available ]
View Event Log
-- Not editable
-- [Enter] Displays the event log
Event Logging
[ Enable ]
Video Configuration
AGP Aperture Size
[ 128 MB ]
Primary Video adapter
[ AGP ]
Frame Buffer Size
[ 16 MB ]
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 119
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
USB Configuration
USB Function
[ Enable ]
High - Speed USB
[ Enable ]
Legacy USB Support
[ Enable ]
USB 2.0 Legacy Support
[ HI - Speed ]
Chipset Configuration
ISA Enable Bit
[ Disable ]
PCI Latency Time
[ 32 ]
Extended Configuration
[ Default ]
Chipset Memory Timing Control
SDRAM Frequency
[ AUTO ]
-- Not applicable
CPU override
[ AUTO ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM Timing Control
[ AUTO ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM RAS ACT. To Pre
[7]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM CAS Latency
[ 2.5 ]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM RAS# to CAS# Delay
[3]
-- Not applicable
SDRAM RAS# Precharge
[3]
-- Not applicable
Fan Control Configuration
Fan Control
[ Enable ]
Lowest Fan Speed
[ Slow ]
Security menu screen
Supervisor password
:
Installed
User password
:
Not Installed
Set Supervisor password
User Access Level
[ No Access ]
Set User password
Chassis Intrusion
8 - 120
[ Disable ]
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Power
ACPI
ACPI Suspend State
[ S1 State ]
Wake on Lan from S5
[ stay off ]
After Power Failure
[ Stay OFF ]
Wake On PCI PME
[ Stay OFF ]
Boot
Silent Boot
[ Enable ]
Intel ( R ) rapid BIOS Boot
[ Enable ]
Scan User Flash Area
[ Enable ]
PXT Boot To LAN
[ Disable ]
USB Boot
[ Disable ]
Boot Device Priority
1ST Boot Device
[ GCE-8526B ]
2ND Boot Device
[ HDS728080PLAT20 ] -- Current HDD
3 RD Boot Device
[ Disable ]
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
-- Current CDRW
8 - 121
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP2)
After System boot up. confirm the installed device information.
Double click Go Device Manager Icon.
Device Manger
Figure 8-116 Device Manager
1.) Check The PCI Bridge Between FEC Assy and PC2IP Assy under multi function adapters
Figure 8-117
Multi Function Adapter
2.) Check the Sound Driver is On board Sound (Sound Max).
VIC assy
On board sound
Figure 8-118 Sound Driver
3.) Check the VIC Assy Driver is GE Medical SuperSonic Diagnostic Device Driver and GEMSK
Multimedia Device
4.) Check The USB Device Driver.
8 - 122
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP2) (cont’d)
5.) L5 Pro Keyboard Communicates with Jupiter Human Interface by USB Protocol.
Figure 8-119
Jupiter Human Interface Driver
6.) Check The Network Device Driver.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 123
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3)
After System boot up. confirm the installed device information.
Double click Go Device Manager Icon
Device Manger
Figure 8-120 Device Manager
1.) Disk driver check
HDD Driver
Figure 8-121 Disk Driver Check
8 - 124
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3) (cont’d)
2.) Display adapter check
Secondary display : PCI graphic card
Primary display : Onboard 865G chipset
Figure 8-122 Display adapter Check
3.) DVD/CD-ROM driver check
Current installed ODD
Figure 8-123 DVD/CD-ROM driver check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 125
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3) (cont’d)
4.) Human Interface Devices check
Trackball device driver
A & KEY device driver
Figure 8-124 Human Interface Devices check
5.) IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers check
Serial ATA Controller device driver
Primary IDE controller device driver
Secondary IDE controller device driver
8 - 126
Figure 8-125 IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers check
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3) (cont’d)
6.) Monitor check
System Console Monitor
Operation Panel LCD Panel monitor
Figure 8-126 Monitor check
7.) Multifunction adapters check
PCI Bridge device driver
PC2IPII device driver
Figure 8-127 Multifunction adapters check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 127
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3) (cont’d)
8.) Network adapters check
On board Network driver
Figure 8-128 Network adapters check
9.) Ports (COM &LTP) check
Serial Port device driver
ECP ( Enhanced Parallel Port) device driver
Figure 8-129 Ports (COM &LTP) check
8 - 128
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3) (cont’d)
10.)VIC driver check
Video capture driver
Sound dummy driver
Figure 8-130 VIC driver check
11.)On board sound driver check
AC97 controller device driver
Figure 8-131 On board sound driver check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 129
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-13
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BEP3) (cont’d)
12.)USB driver check (logical, Physical, Jupiter Human interface )
General USB Hub Controller driver
82801EB USB Universal Host controller
Operation panel driver
PCI to USB converter controller driver
USB 2.0 controller
USB Root Hub
Figure 8-132 USB driver check
8 - 130
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3)
After System boot up. confirm the installed device information.
Double click Go Device Manager Icon
Device Manger
Figure 8-133 Device Manager
1.) Disk driver check
HDD Driver
Figure 8-134 Disk driver check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 131
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3) (cont’d)
2.) Display adapter check
Primary display : Onboard 865G chipset
Secondary display : USB to VGA module
Figure 8-135 Display adapter check
3.) DVD/CD-ROM driver check
Current installed ODD
Figure 8-136 DVD/CD-ROM driver check
8 - 132
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3) (cont’d)
4.) Human Interface Devices check
Trackball device driver
A / KEY device driver
Figure 8-137 Human Interface Devices check
5.) IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers check
Serial ATA Controller device driver
Primary IDE controller device driver
Secondary IDE controller device driver
Figure 8-138 IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 133
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3) (cont’d)
6.) Monitor check
System Console Monitor
Operation Panel LCD Panel monitor
Figure 8-139 Monitor check
7.) Multifunction adapters check
PCI Bridge device driver
PC2IPII device driver
Figure 8-140 Multifunction adapters check
8 - 134
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3) (cont’d)
8.) Network adapters check
On board Network Driver
Figure 8-141 Network adapters check
9.) Ports (COM &LTP) check
Serial Port device driver
ECP ( Enhanced Parallel Port) device driver
Figure 8-142 Ports (COM &LTP) check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 135
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3) (cont’d)
10.)VIC driver check
Video capture driver
Sound dummy driver
Figure 8-143 VIC driver check
11.)On board sound driver check
AC97 controller device driver
Figure 8-144 On board sound driver check
8 - 136
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-14
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the Device Driver Configuration.(BT05 BEP3) (cont’d)
12.)USB driver check (logical, Physical, Jupiter Human interface )
General USB Hub Controller driver
PCI to USB converter controller driver
Operation panel driver
USB 2.0 controller
USB Root Hub
USB VGA Converter
Figure 8-145 USB driver check
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 137
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-1-15
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Application S/W Install.
After Checking Device Driver and then Install application S/W by inserting CD into CD RW Driver.
Figure 8-146
Installation Application Software
1.) Press the "Y" key to continue. Then the program requests confirmation - "Are you sure?"
then Press the "Y" key again.
2.) The installation process will be started. it will take about 15 minutes.
3.) To apply the preset by region, select one of the below options. Refer to Figure 8-147.
4.) Select fit Region as Below Menu.
Figure 8-147
Select Region
5.) When the process has completed, you will see the following message.
Figure 1-148 Complete message
6.) After the installation is complete, the system will power off automatically.
•
8 - 138
If possible remove the CD from the drive while the system is rebooting.
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
VIC Assy
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the VIC assy in the BEP Assy.
8-8-2-1
Tools
•
8-8-2-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-8-2-3
8-8-2-4
8-8-2-4-1
Common pillips screwdrivers
1 persons, 15minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Left Cover should be removed before proceed. Refer section 8-5-1 on page 41, section 8-5-13 on
page 64.
Removal Procedure
Mode setting for VIC assy
VIC assy have two jumpers for power control functionality. The cap position depend on BEP assy.
Before replace the VIC assy, this mode jumper should be set up.
J 6 Connector
J 11 Connector
Figure 8-149 Mode set for VIC assy
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 139
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-2-4-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal of VIC board
1.) Disconnect all of connect in VIC assy.
Figure 8-150 Connectors on VIC assy
2.) 5 connectors inside BEP. 14 pins connector to chassis from VIC. 50pin half pitch flat cable
connector. 50pin flat cable connector to PC2IP card. 2 pin connector to motherboard for power
control. 3 pin connector to motherboard for LED.
3.) Disconnect 2 connectors outside of BEP.
Videosignal toRear panel
VGAtoVIC
J
2
2309649
Figure 8-151 Video signal to Rear Panel & VGA to VIC
4.) Disconnect 2 connectors to motherboard.
J8 ,
J12
Figure 8-152 Disconnect 2 connectors
8 - 140
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-2-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Mounting procedure
1.) Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
2.) Detail procedure of Harness routing about HDD LED cable and PWR cable.
In case of disconnection HDD cable and PWR cable from Mother Board.
Figure 8-153 PWR Cable & HDD LED Cable with VIC Assy
Case 1. BEP 1
Figure 8-154 BEP1
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 141
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-2-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Mounting procedure (cont’d)
Case 2. BEP 2
Figure 8-155 BEP2
Case 3. BEP3
Figure 8-156 BEP3
8 - 142
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-2-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Mounting procedure (cont’d)
Case 4. BEP4
Figure 8-157 BEP4
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-47
8-8-2-6
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-12
VIC Assy function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Section 10-5-2
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
Section 10-6
Using a Phantom
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-8-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 143
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
SMPS Assy, Hard Disk, CD R/W (FRU No. 601, 602, 603)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Parts in the BEP Assy.
8-8-3-1
Tools
•
8-8-3-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-8-3-3
8-8-3-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
1 persons, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
Left Cover should be removed before proceed. Refer section 8-5-1 on page 41, section 8-5-13 on
page 64.
Removal Procedure
1.) Open front base cover and front cover. Refer section 8-5-6 on page 51, section 8-5-7 on page 53.
2.) Remove PC top fix bracket and scan EMC bracket. Refer Figure 8-158.
1
3
P C T o p F ix B ra c k e t
2
S c a n E M C B ra c k e t
4
5
6
7
8
Figure 8-158 ATX SMPS Replacement
3.) Open the BEP metal cover
8 - 144
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Disconnect all power connector from ATX smps in motherboard and hard disk and CD RW.
2
Power Bracket Screw
3
1
Cable Tie
4
5
Figure 8-159 Inside of BEP
5.) Unscrew 2 screws on theATX power bracket.
6.) Take out the ATX smps.
2
1
2
1
3
4
Figure 8-160 Take out the ATX SMPS
7.) To remove Hard disk and CDRW Unplug the IDE cable for HDD or CDRW drive and power
connector.
8.) Unscrew the screws on the chassi for fixture.
9.) Take out CDRW or Hard disk.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 145
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4 screws for
CDRW
4 screws for
MOD
4 screws for
Patient IO
2 screws for
Hard Disk
Figure 8-161 Screws for Peripheral in BEP
10.)Move the CDRW guide braket to new FRU.
1
3
2
4
Figure 8-162 CDRW Guide bracket
11.)Mode Jumper : Hard disk and CDRW should be set as Master drive. Confirm the mode setting
jumper in hard disk and CDRW.
12.)Enter BIOS set up Mode.(Password : Jupiter)
13.)Change the Diskette configuration of the Advanced Menu Screen in the BIOS set up menu as
follows.
-
Change the Diskette Controller to [Enable]
-
Change the FLOPPY to [Disabled]
-
Change the Diskette Write Protect [Disabled]
14.)Press "F10 - SAVE AND EXIT" to save the BIOS set up.
8 - 146
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
15.)Check if CD R/W is properly installed in the Maintenance Mode. (Check the CR R/W is recognized
by the system in the MS windows navigator)
16.)Press and hold the Power Button for 20 sec. to execute manual system shut down.
17.)Enter BIOS Set up mode again.
18.)Reset the Diskette Controller to [Disable] in the Advanced Menu screen.
19.)Press "F10 - SAVE AND EXIT" to save the BIOS set up.
20.)Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-48
8-8-3-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-13
SMPS, HDD, ODD Assy function check
procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-8-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 147
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Hard disk copy procedure
This section show the patient data duplication procedure for hard disk replacement The purpose od this
procedure is to copy the patient data in the used hard diks into the newly installed BEP or hard disk assy.
Caution : If the new hard disk have the patient data, these data should be back up with CD before data
copy procedure. Since the patient data will be overwritten into the new hard disk from used hard disk.
8-8-3-6-1
Connect HDD
1.) Set the used hard disk as slave mode disk. All the HDD have jumper for mode setting, master mode
or slave mode. For the patient data copy procedure, the both HDD should be set as master and
slave. The HDD in the installed BEP assy is the master. All of the HDD in BEP assy are set to master
in the factory. So the used HDD should be set to slave. Refer the figure of HDD jumper.
Figure 8-163 HDD Mode Setting Jumper
2.) Connect the IDE cable to HDD.
3.) The used HDD should be installed in BEP assy as slave HDD. There are 2 flat cables in the BEP
assy. One is for CDRW drive or MOD and the other is for HDD. The both HDD, used one and new
one should be connected through common flat cable. If the HDD cable is tied by tie wrap, cut the
tie off carefully. The extra connector of HDD cable should be connected to the used HDD as Figure
8-164.
Figure 8-164 Connector HDD Cable
8 - 148
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3-6-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Data copy to new HDD.
1.) Go into maintenance mode
2.) Plug the USB service dongle into usb port on the rear panel. There are 2 usb ports on the rear panel.
The right side USB port is recommended for service dongle. Turn on the system and key in the
service password.
Figure 8-165 maintenance login
8-8-3-6-3
File Copy
1.) The database control software module should be disabled through task manager The task manager
can be activated by following procedure.
2.) Move the cursor to right-bottom side of screen.
3.) Click the left trackball key and select task manager.
Figure 8-166 Run Task Manager
4.) Select then "process" button on the task manager window.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 149
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
5.) Select the "dbeng7.exe" in the process list and click the "End Process" button.
Process
dbeng7.exe
End Process
Figure 8-167 Task Manager with process
6.) click the "Yes" button when "task manager warning" dialog box .
7.) Check if windows identify the both HDD.
8.) Run the window explorer. Move the cursor to bottom of the screen and click the "window explorer"
on the task bar.
Figure 8-168 Dual Hard disk status
9.) There should be 8 logical disk totally. Each HDD have 4 partitions, "SYSTEM", "USER",
"ARCHIVE", "SWAP". The used HDD which is set to slave is "H" to "K". And the new HDD in BEP
which is set to master is "C" to "F". (If the L5 system have MO drive, the slave drive number can be
"I" to "L")
10.)- The patient data files are in the "Idunn" directory in the "ARCHIVE" disk.
8 - 150
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
11.)- All of sub directory in the "Idunn" directory of slave HDD should be copy to "Idunn" directory of
master HDD. (In below example, the three sub directory "GEMS_DB", "GEMS_IMG",
"GEMS_REP" in the "Idunn" directory in "J" drive should be copy to "Idunn" drive in "E" drive.)
Figure 8-169 Directory Map in HDD
12.)- If following warning message appear, click the button "Yes to All".
Figure 8-170 Copy confirmation message
13.)- If finish the file copy process, shutdown the system and unplug the service dongle.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 151
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-8-3-6-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check the patient data
1.) Turn on the system
2.) If system boot up, select patient menu and confirm that the all of patient data are available.
3.) The database utility should be enabled by the network IP address setting procedure. If this “save
setting procedure have been missed, the patient data image can not be show up since the database
link error
8-8-3-6-5
Shut down the system.
1.) Turn off the circuit breaker.
2.) Disconnect the slave HDD(used HDD) from HDD cable in BEP assy carefully.
3.) Close the BEP cover and all other cover.
4.) Turn on the system and boot up.
5.) Check the system operation.
8 - 152
Section 8-8 - PC Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-9
Power Block
8-9-1
AC Power Assy (FRU No. 700)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the AC Power Assy.
8-9-1-1
Tools
•
8-9-1-2
Needed Manpower
•
8-9-1-3
2 persons, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
8-9-1-4
Common pillips screwdrivers
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
1.) Unscrew two(2) screws (1-2) to remove rear connector bracket Refer to Figure 8-171.
(2)
(1)
Figure 8-171 Removing the Rear Connector Bracket
2.) Disconnect eight (8) connectors (3-10). Refer to Figure 8-172.
(3) (4) (5) (6)
(7) (8) (9) (10)
Figure 8-172 Disconnecting 8 connecotors
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 153
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Unscrew ten (10) screws (11-20) to remove AC Power assy. Refer to Figure 8-173.
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
Figure 8-173 Removing the AC Power Assy
4.) Remove the AC Power Assy.
WARNING
8 - 154
The weight of the AC Power Assy is approximately 20 kg. Two person is needed in the
next step.
Section 8-9 - Power Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-1-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-49
8-9-1-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-19
AC Power Assy function check procedure.
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-9-1. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 155
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
LV Unit (FRU No. 701)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the LV Unit.
8-9-2-1
8-9-2-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
•
Long-nose gripper
Needed Manpower
•
8-9-2-3
Preparations
•
8-9-2-4
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
NOTE:
LV Unit can be removed without disassembling AC Power Assy.
1.) Unscrew four (4) screws (1-4) to remove Left side cover of AC Power assy.
2.) Disconnect three (3) connectors (5-7) from the rear side of the LV Unit. Refer to Figure 8-174.
LEFT SIDE VIEW
(5)
(6)
(7)
Figure 8-174 Disconnect 3 connectors
3.) Unscrew four (4) screws (8-11) to remove Right side cover of AC Power assy.
8 - 156
Section 8-9 - Power Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-2-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
4.) Unscrew two (2) screws (12-13) and disconnect twenty (20) connectors from the front side of the
LV unit using long-nose gripper. Refer to Figure 8-175.
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
(13)
(12)
Figure 8-175 Unscrew 4 screws and disconnect 20 connectors
5.) Remove the LV unit.
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-50
8-9-2-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-16
LV Unit function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-9-2. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
8-9-2-6
DC Voltage level adjustment
1.) After LV unit replacement , the DC output level should be set proper level. Refer power supply
adjustment ,section Section 6-3 on page 1
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 157
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
JPC Assy (FRU No. 702)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the JPC Assy.
8-9-3-1
8-9-3-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-9-3-3
Preparations
•
8-9-3-4
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
1.) Unscrew nine (9) hexagon screws (1-9) to remove the AC Power Top cover.
2.) Unscrew five (5) screws (10-14).
JPC Assy
Figure 8-176 JPC Assy
8 - 158
Section 8-9 - Power Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Disconnect all the connectors connected in the JPC Assy. Refer to Figure 8-177.
(10)
(12)
J6
(11)
J3
(13)
(14)
Figure 8-177 Disconnecting all connectors
4.) Remove the JPC Assy.
5.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-51
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-17
JPC function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-9-3. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
8 - 159
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-3-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Mounting procedure
Case1 Replacing JPC with JPC
Replacing JPC2 with JPC2
Install the new parts in the reverse order
Case2 Replace JPC with JPC2
J4 connector
( SSR Control signal )
J12 connector
( SSR power )
JPC2 assy
Figure 8-178 JPC2 ASSY installation
CAUTION J4 and J12 are not used with the JPC2, since JPC2 Assay has Relay instead of SSR and it does
not have to connect J4 ( SSR control connector ), J12 ( SSR power ) to JPC2.
8 - 160
Section 8-9 - Power Block
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Transformer (FRU No. 703)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Transformer.
8-9-4-1
8-9-4-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-9-4-3
Preparations
•
8-9-4-4
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
1.) Remove the AC Power top cover. Refer to Figure 8-83 on page 86 .
2.) Remove the AC Power left cover. Refer to Figure 8-82 on page 84 .
3.) Disconnect four (4) connectors (1-4, J3, J6, J9, J11). Refer to Figure 8-179..
(1)
(2)
J11
J9
(3)
J6
(4)
J3
JPC Board
Figure 8-179 Disconnecting 4 connectors
4.) Cut the Cable ties tied to the cables.
5.) Disassemble the AC Power box cover. Refer to Figure 8-85 on page 90 .
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 161
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-4-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
6.) Unscrew four (4) ground screws (5-8). Refer to Figure 8-180.
(5) (6)
(7) (8)
Figure 8-180 Unscrew 4 screws
7.) Unscrew one nut in the Center top of the Transformer. Refer to Figure 8-181.
Figure 8-181 Removing the Transformer
8.) Remove the Transformer Assy.
9.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-52
8-9-4-5
8 - 162
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-18
Transformer function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Section 8-9 - Power Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-9-4. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
AC Power Box (FRU No. 704)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the AC Power Box.
8-9-5-1
8-9-5-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-9-5-3
8-9-5-4
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Preparations
•
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
•
AC Power Assy should be removed before proceed. Refer to AC POWER ASSY DISASSEMBLY
on page 8 - 82.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
1.) Unscrew six screws (1-6) and remove the AC Power Box cover. Refer to Figure 8-182.
AC Power Box Cover
Figure 8-182 Unscrew 6 screws to remove AC Power Box
2.) Remove the AC Power left side cover.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 163
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Removal Procedure (cont’d)
3.) Disconnect one (1) connector (J1) from the JPC Assy. Refer to Figure 8-183.
J1
Figure 8-183 Disconnect 1 connector
4.) Unscrew two (2) ground screws (7-8). Refer to Figure 8-184.
(7)
(8)
AC POWER BOX VIEW
Figure 8-184 Unscrew two ground screws
5.) Remove the AC Power Box.
6.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-53
8-9-5-5
8 - 164
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-13-19
AC Power Box function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Section 8-9 - Power Block
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-9-5. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-9-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Fuse Set (FRU No. 705)
Purpose: This is a description on how to remove and replace the Fuse Set.
8-9-6-1
8-9-6-2
Tools
•
Common pillips screwdrivers
•
Allen/Unbraco wrench
Needed Manpower
•
8-9-6-3
Preparations
•
8-9-6-4
1 person, 15 minutes + travel
Shut Down the System and switch off the Main Breaker at the rear as described in section 4-3-2 on
page 4.
Removal Procedure
CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit. Turn OFF power
and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit. However be sure to turn
off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards.
NOTE:
Fuses can be removed without disassembling AC Power Assy.
1.) Unscrew four (4) screws (1-4) to remove Left side cover of AC Power assy.
2.) Remove the Fuses. Refer to Figure 8-185.
220V/3A
110V/5A
3A
10A
Figure 8-185 Removing the Fuse
3.) Perform the following functional tests. If all are successful, include the debrief script provided below.
Table 8-54
8-9-6-5
Functional Tests
Service Manual
Section
Functional Test / Diagnostic Test
Section 4-3-1
Power On/Boot Up
Section 4-3-2
Power Off / Shutdown
Section 4-9-20
Fuse set function check procedure
Section 4-3-4
System B/M-Mode Checks
Section 4-3-5
System CFM and PWD Checks
Debrief Script
“Service Manual, Direction
2380207, Rev 7+, Section 8-9-6. Equipment
passed all required tests and is ready for use. “
Mounting Procedure
Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 165
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-10
Software Loading Procedure
8-10-1
General
This describes a full system software loading (Base Software Load Image + LOGIQ 5 PRO Application)
procedure.
Use this instruction when:
- Performing the HDD with new one (Base Software Load Image + Application)
- Performing the system revision-up (Application)
Reference : The below is the support table between Application Software version and Base System
Software Load Image part number
Table 8-55
8-10-2
Base Software Load Image CD Part Numbers
Base Software Load Image Part P/N
Application
Software Version
5134559-x (BEP2)
5132191-x (BEP3)
R4.X.X
Supported
Supported
Parts Required
Base System Software Load Image CD
LOGIQ 5 PRO R4.x.x Application Software
Blank CD-R ( for patient image backup)
Service Dongle
NOTE:
Patient Image Data will be deleted when all the drives are ghosted. Back up them on the CD-R
or MOD before starting software loading
NOTE:
Insert the service dongle into ths service port located at the rear panel before installing the Base
System Software Load image
8-10-3
TimeRequired
Approximately 2 hour
8 - 166
Section 8-10 - Software Loading Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Software Loading Steering Guide
Figure 8-186 Flow Chart - Installation of Base and Application CD
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 167
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5
8-10-5-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Before Starting Software Loading
Check Software Version and BEP Type
1.) Turn ON the system
2.) Press Utility button on the Front Panel.
NOTE:
Operator Login Window appears. Select adm(Administrator) for the Operator field.
Adm(Administrator) will be shown in the Operator field as default. Enter password which is
configured already ( or the password might not be necessary). Then click on Log on.
Figure 8-187 Operator Login Window
3.) Touch the Utility button on the FrontPanel
4.) Click System and then About tab.
5.) Check Image Part Number is 2380104 or 5134560 and 5131757 or 5132192 then confirm BEP
type. Refer to Figure 8-38 and Table 8-3
Table 8-56 BEP Type
Image Part Number
BEP Type
2380104-x or 5134559-x
BEP2
5131757-x or 5132191-x
BEP3
Image Part Number
Software version & Part number
Figure 8-188 Check BEP Type and Software Version
8 - 168
Section 8-10 - Software Loading Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Check BEP Type with BIOS Boot Logo Image
On booting the system, BIOS Boot Logo Image shows which BEP type is used.
BEP Type
Boot Logo Image
2380104-x or 5134560-x
5131757-x or 5132192-x
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 169
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Saving Connectivity
Before starting upgrade, write down the Connectivity Setting for back-up.
1.) Press Utility > Connectivity and click the Tcpip tab.
2.) Write down the following parameters:
Parameters
Descriptions (Entry for Stand-Alone System)
Computer Name
Enable DHCP
IP-Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Remote Archive IP-Addr
Remote Archive Name
Note : For a stand-alone system, preset values of IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway, shown
above, must entered.
Figure 8-189 Connectivity
8 - 170
Section 8-10 - Software Loading Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Operator Login Password Back-up
The Operator Login Password will be deleted. So, write down the password if necessary.
Figure 8-190 Operator Login
Parameters
Descriptions
Operator Login Password
8-10-5-5
NOTE:
Image Management Guide
Before upgrading to R4.x.x software, perform a recommended image backup procedure.
Save As to View on any PC - Use this to save images (Dicom or Raw Dicom) in a computer-friendly
format (.avi or .jpeg) so you can view it on any PC.
Export/Import Data/Images Between Systems - Use this to copy both patient data and images for
specified patient(s) from one system to another.
Save As (Saving Images to CD-ROM to View on Any PC)
To save images to the CD-ROM:
1.) Insert the CD.
2.) Go to Utility --> Connectivity --> Tools(Removable Media instead of Tools in case of BTO5 SW)
Select the Media as CD Rewritable.
3.) Press Format to format the CD-ROM.
4.) Select the image(s) to be saved to CD-ROM, press Menu, and select Save As.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 171
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Image Management Guide (cont’d)
5.) The SAVE AS menu appears.
Figure 8-191 Save As Menu
6.) Specify Compression and Save As Type and press Save. The image is saved to the CD-ROM.
7.) When you have put all the images you want on the CD, press F3 to eject the CD-ROM. Select
CD Rewritable.
Figure 8-192 Eject Media Menu
8.) Finalize the CD-ROM by selecting Yes. The CD-ROM is ejected from the system.
Figure 8-193 Finalize CD-ROM Menu
8 - 172
Section 8-10 - Software Loading Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Image Management Guide (cont’d)
Storing Images with More Resolution
To store images with more resolution than is available with the JPEG selection, select Save As and
select AVI as the Save As Type. You can save single images as .avi files.
Table 8-57
Higher Resolution Store Options
Image Type
Store as Image Only
Store as Secondary Capture
CINE Loop
Gives you a loop of just the image (no title
bar and scan information).
Gives you a single image of the video area.
DO NOT DO THIS BECAUSE YOU DO
NOT KNOW WHICH IMAGE FROM THE
LOOP THAT YOU ARE GETTING.
Still Image
Gives you a single image (no title bar and
scan information).
Gives you a single image of the video area.
Export/Import (Moving Data Between Ultrasound Systems)
To move exams from one Ultrasound system to another, you need to export/import exam information.
NOTE:
Both database information and images are exported. No data is deleted from the local archive
when exporting data.
Exporting Data
To export an exam(s) to a compatible Ultrasound system:
1.) Format the removable media (MOD or CD-ROM). Label the removable media. Answer Yes/OK
to the messages.Press Patient. Deselect any selected patient(s) in the search portion of the
Patient screen. Press Exam Data Transfer (located at the upper, left-hand corner of the Patient
menu).
Figure 8-194 Exam Data Transfer
2.) Select Export task Button.
Figure 8-195 Task button
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 173
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Image Management Guide (cont’d)
3.) The [From] combo box is not active. It displays Local Archive. The [To] combo box is active.
Select the type of removable media MOD or CD Rom. Then please wait until the patient list is
visible.
Figure 8-196 To Combo Box
4.) In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu, select the patient(s) you want to export. You
can use Windows commands to select more than one patient. To select a consecutive list of
patients, click the cursor on the first name, move the cursor to the last name, then press and
hold down the Shift+right Set key to select all the names.To select a non-consecutive list of
patients, click the cursor at the first name, move the cursor to the next name, then press and
hold down the Ctrl+right Set key, move the cursor to the next name, then press and hold down
the Ctrl+right Set key again, etc.You can also search for patients via the Search key and string.
Or, Select All Button from the Patient Menu:
Figure 8-197 Source Section
NOTE:
You need to use your best judgment when moving patients' images. If there are lots of images
or loops, then only move a few patients at a time.
5.) Once you have selected all of the patients to export, press Transfer Button as shown inFigure
8-68 on page 8-119 from the Patient Menu.
8 - 174
Section 8-10 - Software Loading Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Image Management Guide (cont’d)
6.) The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place. Once transfer completed, the exported
patient list will be shown as Figure 8-70 on page 8-120.
Figure 8-198 Destination Section of Patient Screen
7.) Press F3 to eject the media. Specify that you want to finalize the CD-ROM.
Importing Data
To import an exam(s) to another Ultrasound system:
1.) At the other Ultrasound system, insert the MOD or CD-ROM.
2.) Press Patient. Press Exam Data Transfer (located at the upper, left-hand corner of the Patient
menu)..
Figure 8-199 Exam Data Trnasfer
3.) Select Import task Button.
Figure 8-200 Task button
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 175
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-10-5-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Image Management Guide (cont’d)
4.) The [TO] combo box is not active. It displays Local Archive. The [FROM] combo box is active.
Select the type of removable media MOD or CD Rom. Then please wait until the patient list is
visible.
Figure 8-201 No Active
5.) The Patient menu just shows the patients available for import from the removable media you
just loaded onto the system.
6.) Select the patients to be imported.
7.) Once you have selected all of the patients to import, press Transfer Button as shown in Figure
8-69 on page 8-119 from the Patient Menu.
8.) Please wait for the patient information to be copied to this Ultrasound system. Progress bar
appears while the import is taking place.
8 - 176
Section 8-10 - Software Loading Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-11
Installing Base Software Load Image
8-11-1
NOTE:
Installing Base Software Load Image CD
While we do not believe it is necessary, It would not hurt to disconnect the system from the
network and remove all transducers.
1.) Power ON the scanner.
2.) Tap gently the DEL key until the following screen appears.Enter jupiter as a password if the system
request a password, then press the Enter key.
Figure 8-202 Enter Current Password
3.) The Setup Utility screen appears. Using arrow keys, Select Advanced Tab and select USB
Configuration and then press the Enter key. Verify that High-Speed USB is Enabled. If it is
disabled, using arrow keys, select High-Speed USB and press the Enter key and change it
Figure 8-203 USB Configuration
4.) To exit USB Configuration, press ESC key
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 177
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installing Base Software Load Image CD (cont’d)
5.) Using arrow keys, Select Advanced Tab and select Chipset Configuration and then press the
Enter key. Verify that ISA Enable Bit is Disabled. If it is enabled, using arrow keys, select ISA
Enable Bit and press the Enter key and Change it
Figure 8-204 Chipset Configuration
6.) To exit Chipset Configuration, press ESC key
7.) Using arrow keys, select Boot and Boot Device Priority. Verify that CDROM is selected as a First
Boot Device.
8.) If it is not, select First Boot Device and press the Enter key using arrow keys. Then select CDROM
and press the Enter key
8 - 178
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installing Base Software Load Image CD (cont’d)
Figure 8-205 First Boot Device to CD ROM for BEP2
NOTE:
If the system is BEP3, select 1st Boot Device to 4M-HL-DT-ST-GCE-8526B
Figure 8-206 1st Boot Device to 4M-HL-DT-ST-GCE-8526B
9.) Press the ESC key to return to the Setup Utility screen.
10.)Using arrow keys, select Exit & Exit Saving Change and press the Enter key.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 179
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installing Base Software Load Image CD (cont’d)
11.)Insert the disk labeled “Base System Software Load Image Disk 1 of 2” into the CDROM drive.
12.)After restarting the system, when the following screen appears, press the Enter key to continue, to
abort remove the CD-ROM from the drive and press CTRL-C.
Figure 8-207 Warning Screen
8 - 180
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installing Base Software Load Image CD (cont’d)
13.)The following screen appears.
Figure 8-208 Selection Screen
14.)If you choose ‘A’, you will be asked to press ‘Y’ to confirm your selection.
Figure 8-209 Confirm Screen
NOTICE Select A when installing the new HDD (BEP replacement).
Select B when replacing C:\Partition only. It means all customer data are NOT deleted. The Ghost procedure is performed with data of the drives D, E, and F left.
Table 2-58 Drive Partition
NOTE:
Drive Partition
Usage
C
System Files and Application
D
User Defined and Preset
E
Patient Archive data
F
Swap
For versions of software R3.x.x, your presets will be automatically translated (carried forward)
when the R3.0.0 software is loaded onto your system. Therefore, you DO NOT have to load
your R3.X.X after the upgrade to R4.X.X software
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 181
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installing Base Software Load Image CD (cont’d)
15.). Approx. ten (10) minutes later, the gray colored screen appears. Eject the “ Base Software Load
Image CD Disk 1 of 2 ” from the drive and Insert the “ Base Software Load Image CD Disk 2 of
2”. And then Select to ‘OK’ button to continue.
Figure 8-210 Span Volume [1] Done
16.)Approx. ten(10) minutes later, the following screen appears. Eject the” Base Software Load Image
CD 2 of 2” from the drive
Figure 8-211 Screen
17.)After removing the CDROM from the drive, Press ALT + CTRL + DEL key
18.)Turn on the system.
NOTE:
After installation Base Software Load Image CDs, the “General failure reading drive A .. Abort,
Retry, Fail?” message can be appeared, but Ignore it! All procedure would be successfully done
NOTE:
Remove the CD-ROM from the drive. Otherwise you will be repeating the Base System
Software Load process.
8 - 182
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks
1.) Approx. two minutes later, the windows XP desktop appears. Then one minutes later, the following
screen appears. Clisck on Yes using right button of the trackball to restart the system
Figure 8-212 System Setting Change
NOTE:
If the window above is not displayed, go to next step
2.) Drive Letter Checks:
a.) Double click on My Computer
b.) First check to see if you need to change the drive letters on the CDROM drive and the
Magneto Optical drives – they SHOULD be G: and H: respectively.If they are, go to next
step 3.) Driver Checks
Figure 8-213 My Computer
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 183
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks (cont’d)
c.) Right-Click on the “My Computer” icon on the Windows desktop. Select “Manage” you should
see a screen like below. Then left click on the driver assigned currently to G:, right click on
Change Drive Letter and Path
NOTE:
Left-click on the “Start” button, then go to “Settings”->”Control Panel”->”Administrative Tools”>”Computer Management”
Figure 8-214 Path to Computer Management
8 - 184
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks (cont’d)
Select “Computer Management” then you should see a screen like below. Then left click on the device
assigned currently to G:, right click on Change Drive Letter and Path...
Figure 8-215 Computer Management
d.) Right click on Edit
Figure 8-216 Change Driv Letter
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 185
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks (cont’d)
e.) Select the drive other than G: (I: is selected in the window shown below for example.)
Then click on OK
Figure 8-217 Edit Drive Letter
f.) Right click on Yes
Figure 8-218 Confirm Window
g.) Left-click on CDROM0 Select drive then right click on Change Drive Letter and Path...
Figure 8-219 Change Drive Letter and Path
8 - 186
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks (cont’d)
h.) Right click on Edit
Figure 8-220 Change Drive Letter
i.) Select G: then rignt click on OK
Figure 8-221 Edit Drive Letter
j.) Right click on Yes
Figure 8-222 Confirm Window
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 187
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks (cont’d)
k.) Left click on the device which changed the drive number at the step c.). Right click on Change
Drive Letter and Path...
Figure 8-223 Change Drive Letter and Path
l.) Right click on Edit
Figure 8-224 Change Drive Letter and Path
m.)Select H: and then right click on OK
Figure 8-225 Edit Drive Letter and Path
8 - 188
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
System Checks (cont’d)
n.)Right click on Yes
Figure 8-226 Confirm Window
o.) Close all windows
3.) Driver Checks:
a.) On the window XP desktop, left click on My Computer then right click on Properties
b.) The System Propertiers window appears. Select Hareware > Device Manager
c.) Verify that X or ! is not displayed
Figure 8-227 Device Manager
If X or ! is displayed:
- Left-click on the device with X mark, then right -click on Enable
- Left-click on the device with ! mark, then right click on Properties to perform the device driver
recognition. When some files are required, designate the file in the directories of C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32
or C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS. If they are not found, search them using a window search function
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 189
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
USB Printer Checks (USB Printer User Only)
Without any newly additional user invention, LOGIQ5 will recognize the below 9 kinds of USB printer
Printer Name
Comment
HP 990 cxi, HP 6122 (BEP2 Only),
HP5550 (BEP2 Only)
Standard Printer
EPSON Stylus Color 980H
Standard Printer
Lexmark Z65
Standard Printer
Sony UP-D895
Digital BW Printer
Sony UP-D897
Digital BW Printer
Sony UP-D23
Digital Color Printer
Sony UP-D21MD
Mitsubishi P91D
Mitsubishi CP900DW
Digital Color Printer
Digital BW Printer
Digital Color Printer
HP DeskJet 5652
General Inkjet Printer
HP DeskJet 6540
General Inkjet Printer
This procedure assumes that the LOGIQ5 base image software is installed and application software has
been installed and is functioning properly.
1.) Attach the USB cable from the printer to the USB port on assigned position
Table 8-59
USB Port Position
USB Port Position
Peripheral
Right USB Port on Rear Connector Panel
Standard Printer
Left USB Port on Rear Connector Panel:
Digital Color Printer
USB Port on OP Printer Bracket Back Panel
Digital BW Printer
NOTICE If you Plug in USB printer newly, shutdown the system and restart again
NOTICE Once plug in the cable one side of the USB port, do NOT change the cable to another port
8 - 190
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-2
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
USB Printer Checks (USB Printer User Only) (cont’d)
1
2
Serial
Right
Left
1
2
220-240V 500VA Max
Including front printer panel
Figure 8-228 USB Port - Rear Panel Connector
Figure 8-229 USB Port - OP Printer Bracket Back Panel
2.) Make sure that printer properties are proper. (Image orientation and size). Refer to the latest
Release Notes.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 191
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
DMC Checks (DMC User Only)
1.) Check DMC Cable (USB to Serial Bridge).
NOTE:
DMC Cable is supplied only as an option.
2.) Plug in the Cable as shown on the right side of the USB port. Refer to Figure 8-230.
DMC Cable
Plug on the right
Figure 8-230 DMC Cable
3.) Ensure USB to Serial Bridge port is COM4.
4.) Trackball to My computer icon and left click
5.) Right click on Properties.
6.) Right click on the hardware tab.
7.) Right click on the device manager in the middle right of the hardware tab window.
8.) Expand ports (COM & LPT), If not COM4, Proceed as followed.
9.) .Double click “USB to Serial Bridge”.
Figure 8-231 Device Manaer Window
8 - 192
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-1-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
DMC Checks (DMC User Only) (cont’d)
10.)Right click on port settings.
11.)Click on advanced .. button.
12.)Specify COM port number is COM4. as shown in refer to Figure 8-232.
Figure 8-232 Advanced Settings for COM4
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 193
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-2
8-11-2-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installig Application Software(R4.x.x)
Installig Application Software(R4.x.x)
1.) Place the “Application Software” CDROM into the CDROM drive.
2.) Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the screen and select “Run…”.
Enter “g:\LoadSoftware” into the dialog box as shown in Figure 8-233.
Figure 8-233 Run Load Software
3.) You will see a screen that warns you that you are about to load software, press the Y key to
continue. Then the program requests confirmation “Are you sure ?”, Press the Y key again..
Figure 8-234
Command Window
4.) Press the "Y" key to continue. Then the program requests confirmation - "Are you sure?" then Press
the "Y" key again.
5.) When you are asked to choose the software to install, select L5 Pro. You are also asked to press
“Y” to confirm your selection.
6.) The installation process will be started. it will take about 15 minutes.
8 - 194
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-2-1
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Installig Application Software(R4.x.x) (cont’d)
7.) To apply the preset by region, select one of the below options. Refer to Figure 8-235.
Figure 8-235 Region selection
8.) After the installation is completed the system will power off automatically.
NOTE:
Do not operate with using mouse or keyboard during installation procedures.
9.) Turn on the system and immediately eject the button on the CD -R drive to eject the CDROM.
10.)Verify that the system boots up no error.(It will take a few minutes)
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 195
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Standard Confirmation & Functional Checks
Configure the system settings and perform functional checks after installation of software.
Items for configuration and functional checks include:
8-11-3-1
-
Confirmation of the software version
-
Setting Computer Name
-
Functional Checks for ServicePlatform (Diagnostic Program)
Confirmation of Software Version
1.) Press the Utility button on the Front panel
2.) Click on the “System” tab and move the mouse over the “About” tab. The software version will be
shown on the monitor as shown. Confirm the following.
Figure 8-236 Confirmation of software version
3.) Make sure that Software Version: R4.x.x and Software Part Number is described on the Application
CD-ROM.
8 - 196
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-3-2
NOTE:
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Setting Computer Name
If the "Save" is NOT performed, you can NOT enter Patient screen and NOT perform Export/
Import
1.) Press Utility-> Connectivity
2.) Operator Login Window appears. Select ADM(Administrator) for operator field.Click OK button
Figure 8-237 Set Computer Name
3.) Click on Tcpip tab
Figure 8-238 TCPIP tab
4.) Check if Computer Name, IP Address, Subnet Mask, and other parameters are proper
5.) Click on Save button
6.) Click OK for confirmation dialog box
7.) The system will power OFF automatically.
8.) Turn on the system for functional checks
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 197
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-3-3
NOTE:
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks for Service Platform (Diagnostic Program)
After performing diagnostics, shut down and restart to make the system working properly.
1.) Make sure that Service button is shown at the top of the Utility screen. Click on the service button
to activate. It will take about ten (10) seconds for activating.
2.) Make sure that CAPS is not selected (should be dimmed) for password entry performed later.
Figure 8-239 CAPS not selected
NOTE:
If the following dialog box is shown on the monitor, select "Do not perform this check in the
future" and click on the Yes button. This dialog box will not be displayed for next time.
Figure 8-240 Netscape Navigator
8 - 198
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks for Service Platform (Diagnostic Program) (cont’d)
3.) The Service Login window for Service Platform will be shown on the monitor display.
Figure 8-241 Service Login
CAUTION If the Login window for Service Platform is not displayed on the monitor, the installation of the
Service Platform has failed. Reload the application software or Base System Software (OS) +
application software. Contact a Technical Support for details.
4.) Select GE Service at the “Select User Level” field.
5.) Enter the password for the Service Platform.
6.) Click on Okay.
Figure 8-242 GE Service
7.) Verify that the following screen (Service Platform) is displayed on the monitor.
NOTICE When the service platform is NOT displayed, check if CAPS lock is selected. The CAPS should not be
selected.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 199
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-3-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks for Service Platform (Diagnostic Program) (cont’d)
8.) Click on x located at the upper right corner of the service platform screen to close the Service
Platform and return to the scan panel.
Figure 8-243 Service Platform
8 - 200
Section 8-11 - Installing Base Software Load Image
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-11-3-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Setting the VCR (if necessary)
1.) Press Utility > System>Peripheral.
2.) Set the proper parameters:
-
PAL or NTSC
-
VCR type
-
Source type
Figure 8-244 Utility > System>Peripheral
3.) Click on Save.
4.) Shut down the scanner, then restart the scanner.
5.) Verify that the VCR can be properly operated (remote, play...).
NOTICE Be sure to connect the converter and cable before booting up the system. Otherwise the LOGIQ 5
system does not recognize the peripheral devices
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 201
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 8-12
Full Backup / Restore Procedure
8-12-1
General
This describes a Full Backup (Database, Image, User preset, Service Data) procedure.
Use this instruction when you need to save the data :
- before changing a HDD with a new one
- before reinstalling Base Application
- when you just want to save all of the current data.
8-12-2
Parts Required
- USB HDD
8-12-3
Full Backup Procedure
1.) While the Echoloader is running, press ‘Utility’ button and click on the ‘Admin’.
2.) When Title Login window pops up, select an operator with admin authorization.
3.) Type in the password.
4.) press “OK”.
5.) Select “System Admin” page.
6.) press “Execute” button under Full Backup box and the window below pops up.
Figure 8-245 Backup and Restore Window
8 - 202
Section 8-12 - Full Backup / Restore Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-12-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Full Backup Procedure (cont’d)
7.) Press “Backup”. Then the below window pops up..
Figure 8-246 Emergency Disk Making Wizard
8.) Insert a USB HDD.
NOTE:
It might take about 30 seconds for the system to recognize the USB HDD.
9.) Press “Next”.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 203
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-12-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Full Backup Procedure (cont’d)
10.)Select USB HDD for backup when Select Drive window is displayed.
Figure 8-247
11.)If USB HDD with enough space is not already plugged in, plug in one.Then press Next
Figure 8-248 Storage Information
8 - 204
Section 8-12 - Full Backup / Restore Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-12-3
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Full Backup Procedure (cont’d)
12.)Press next to continue. Then the below windows appear.
Figure 8-249 Emergency Disk Making Preparation
Figure 8-250 Emergency Disk Making in Progress
13.)Press Finish to complete.
Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures
8 - 205
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
8-12-4
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Restore procedure
1.) From Figure 8-112, press “Restore” button.
Rest of the procedure is the same with “Backup” procedure.
NOTICE The system should be rebooted after finishing of Restore procedures.
8 - 206
Section 8-12 - Full Backup / Restore Procedure
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 9
Renewal Parts
Section 9-1
Overview
9-1-1
Purpose of Chapter 9
This chapter gives you an overview of Renewal Parts for LOGIQ™ 5.
Table 9-1
Contents in Chapter 9
Section
Description
Page Number
9-1
Overview
9-1
9-2
List of Abbreviations
9-1
9-3
Renewal Parts Lists
9-2
Section 9-2
List of Abbreviations
•
Assy - Assembly
•
Ctrl - Control
•
FRU 1 - Replacement part available in part hub
•
FRU 2 - Replacement part available from the manufacturer (lead time involved)
•
Int - Internal
•
I/O - Input/Output
•
KB - Keyboard
•
LCD - Liquid Crystal Display
•
MON - Monitor
•
PAT. - Patient
•
PC - Personal Computer (Back End Processor)
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-3
Renewal Parts Lists
9-3-1
Equipment Models Covered in this Chapter
Part Name
Part Number
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5149101
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5149097
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5149098
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5149099
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5149100
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5172169
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5171915
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5172081
OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
5191889
BASIC USER MANUAL
5127791-100
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
BASIC USER MANUAL CHINESE 5127791-141
ADV. REFERENCE MANUAL
Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2395905-100
1
1
QUICK GUIDE
5128076-100
1
1
1
1
L5 PRO DOC Kit
2406324-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SERVICE MANUAL
2395907
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
H40242LL (5146832) 110/110 NTSC
H40242LG (5146828) 110/110 NTSC
H40242LH (5146829) 220/220 PAL
H40242LJ (5146830) 220/110 NTSC
H40242LY (5189589) 220/220 PAL
H40242LK (5146831) 220/220 PAL
H40242LW(5170477) 220/110 NTSC
H40242LS(5172049) 110/110 NTSC
H40242LT(5171902) 220/220 NTSC
9-2
Section 9-3 - Renewal Parts Lists
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-4 OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
COLOR MONITOR
(FRU 1XX)
See Illustration
KEYBOARD BLOCK
(FRU 2XX)
See Illustration
COVERS
(FRU 3XX)
See Illustration
CABLES, Peripherals, OPTIONS
(FRU 8XX)
See Illustration
BODY BLOCK
(FRU 4XX)
See Illustration
PCB BOARDS
(FRU 5XX)
See Illustration
POWER BLOCK
(FRU 7XX)
See Illustration
Figure 9-1 OPERATOR CONSOLE ASSY
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-5 MONITOR
102
104
100
105
103
101
Figure 9-2 Monitor
9-4
Section 9-5 - MONITOR
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-5
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
MONITOR (cont’d)
Item
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
100
MONITOR CRT ASSY
2299998-8
CRT ONLY W/O COVERS
1
1
101
MONITOR CABLE ASSY
2299964-3
CABLE
1
1
102
MONITOR COVER SET
2394796
FOR LOGIQ 5 PRO ONLY
1
1
103
MONITOR S/W ASSY
2300008
common with LOGIQ 3
1
1
104
SPEAKER ASSY
2317340
SPEAKER PLUS BRACKET
2
1
105
TASK LAMP
2317347
LOGIQ 3 Common
1
1
106
Monitor MCU Chip
5266135
1
1
Table 9-2
MONITOR
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-6 KEYBOARD BLOCK
500
LOGIQ 5 / LOGIQ 5 EXPERT
Universal Parts
209
210
211
204
207
205
206
500
208
200
212
224
216
215
213
214
202
217
203
201
LOGIQ 5 PRO Specific Parts
Used for ONLY LOGIQ 5 PRO
9-6
Figure 9-3 KEYBOARD BLOCK
Section 9-6 - KEYBOARD BLOCK
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-6
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
KEYBOARD BLOCK (cont’d)
Item
Part Name
Part Number
200
KB ASSY
201
Description
Qty
FRU
2299986-9
1
1
KB FRONT GRIP
2299984-3
1
1
202
PROBE HOLDER
2300010
INCLUDE CUP HOLDER
1
1
203
ECG CABLE HOOK
2283028
PLASTIC HOOK
1
1
OP PANEL ENCODER ASSY
2317341
For KB Assy version (2387504-3) or
lower
1
1
OP PANEL ENCODER ASSY
5168758
For KB ASSY version (2387504-4)
or higher
1
1
OP PANEL TGC ASSY
2317342
TGC board and cables with Plastic
Knobs For KB Assy version
(2387504-3) or lower
1
1
OP PANEL TGC ASSY
5123003
For KB ASSY version (2387504-4)
or higher
1
1
206
TGC KNOB SET
2356244
TGC Plastic Knobs only
1
1
207
OP PANEL A/N KEY BOARD ASSY
2317343-2
PCB board and Alphanumeric
keyboard.
1
1
208
OP PANEL TRACKBALL ASSY
2317344
LOGIQ 3 common
1
1
209
PRO HUB BOARD ASSY
2331557
1
1
210
OP PANEL LCD ASSY
2317346-3
CIRCUIT BOARD
1
1
211
P KEY LABEL
2364143
USER DEFINED KEY LABEL
1
1
212
GEL HOLDER
2384742
1
1
213
ITV BLOCK
2384743
1
1
FREEZE KEY
2384744
Freeze Key and PCB and cables
included. For KB Assy version
(2387504-3) or lower
1
1
FREEZE KEY
5122997
Freeze Key and PCB and cables
included. For KB ASSY version
(2387504-4) or higher
1
1
215
Freeze key cap
5198206
1
1
216
PROBE HOLDER BRKT
2384746
1
1
MENU KEY ASSY
2385574
applies to L5 Pro KB Assy (2387540
to -3)
1
1
MENU KEY ASSY
5123005
applies from L5 Pro KB Assy
(2387540-4 onwards)
1
1
MENU ENCODER ASSY
2385575
applies to L5 Pro KB Assy (2387540
to -3)
1
1
MENU ENCODER ASSY
5123007
applies from L5 Pro KB Assy
(2387540-4 onwards)
1
1
204
205
214
217
218
Table 9-3
KEYBOARD
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Item
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
HUB ASSY
2385576
applies to L5 Pro KB Assy (2387540
to -3)
1
1
HUB ASSY
5123009
applies from L5 Pro KB Assy
(2387540-4 onwards)
1
1
KEY BOARD MAIN BOARD
2385578
applies to L5 Pro KB Assy (2387540
to -3)
1
1
KEY BOARD MAIN BOARD
5123011
applies from L5 Pro KB Assy
(2387540-4 onwards)
1
1
KEYBOARD ASSY
2387540-5
1
1
1
1
219
220
221
222
KEY CAP SET
Table 9-3
9-8
2390710
Plastic Key Cover Cap set - Printer
(P2, P3, P4) , LOGIQ view,
Contrast, 3D, Harmonics, 2 blank
Key cap and 1 pc of B-Flow clear
cap
KEYBOARD
Section 9-6 - KEYBOARD BLOCK
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-7 COVERS
304
315
309
303
301
308
302
313
310
307
311
314
312
300
306
305
Figure 9-4 COVERS
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-7
Item
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
COVERS (cont’d)
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
LEFT COVER
2299995
INCLUDE LEFT BOTTOM COVER
& SIDE MOLDING FOR LOGIQ 5
and LOGIQ 5 PRO
1
1
LEFT COVER
2394783
INCLUDE LEFT BOTTOM COVER
& SIDE MOLDING FOR LOGIQ 5
Expert ONLY.
1
1
RIGHT COVER
2300004-2
INCLUDE RIGHT BOTTOM
COVER & SIDE MOLDING FOR
LOGIQ 5 and LOGIQ 5 PRO
1
1
RIGHT COVER
2394784-2
INCLUDE RIGHT BOTTOM
COVER & SIDE MOLDING FOR
LOGIQ 5 Expert only.
1
1
302
REAR COVER
2300005-2
INCLUDE REAR BOTTOM
COVER&SIDE MOLDING
1
1
303
REAR DOOR COVER
2300007
INCLUDE DOOR BOTTOM
COVER
1
1
304
TOP COVER
2299990
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
305
FRONT BASE COVER
2299993
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
306
FRONT COVER
2299991
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
307
OP SIDE L COVER
2300011
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
308
OP SIDE R COVER
2300013
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
309
OP REAR COVER LONG
2300014
For system H41342LA
1
1
OP REAR COVER SHORT
5144408
For System H41342LB, LC, LD
1
1
310
OP BOTTOM COVER
2300009
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
311
OP CURTAIN COVER LONG
2300015
1
1
OP CURTAIN COVER SHORT
5144409
1
1
312
EMI COVER L
2300025
METAL PLATE
1
1
313
EMI COVER R
2300026
METAL PLATE
1
1
314
SIDE CAP
2317349
PLASTIC COVER
1
1
315
SIDE FRINGE AB
5127116
COMMON WITH L7
1
1
316
L5 EXP K/B COVER
5262532
1
1
300
301
Table 9-4
9 - 10
COVERS
Section 9-7 - COVERS
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-8 BODY BLOCK
400
402
405
403
401
404
406
Figure 9-5 BODY BLOCK
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-8
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
BODY BLOCK (cont’d)
Item
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
400
REAR HANDLE
2300016
PLASTIC BAR
1
1
REAR PANEL ASSY
2300019-3
110V For US JPN
1
1
REAR PANEL ASSY
2337035-3
220V For Europe
1
1
402
GAS SPRING ASSY
2300020
gas spring including release cable
and mechanical parts. Used for
LOGIQ 5 and LOGIQ 5 Expert. Not
For LOGIQ 5 PRO.
1
1
403
FRONT CASTER
2300021-3
LOGIQ 3 common
2
1
404
REAR CASTER
2300022-2
LOGIQ 3 common
2
1
405
BUMPER SET
2300024-2
PLASTIC
2
1
406
AIR FILTER SET
2317724-2
FILTER
2
1
407
Gastro light source brackets
5215228
2
1
401
Table 9-5
9 - 12
BODY BLOCK
Section 9-8 - BODY BLOCK
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-9 PCB BOARDS
502
504
501
500
505
510
506
507
508
503
509
Figure 9-6 PCB BOARDS
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-9
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PCB BOARDS (cont’d)
Item
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
500
RLY ASSY
2299950-4
PROBE INTERFACE RELAY ASSY
1
1
501
LMT ASSY
2324741
LIMITER ASSY
1
1
502
BACKPLANE
2299961
BACKPLANE FOR CONNECTION
OF END ASSYS
1
1
503
PMP ASSY
2299949-2
RECEIVING PREAMP ASSY
1
1
504
DC FAN ASSY
2299988-2
COOLING FAN
1
1
505
SIG ASSY
2299951
Rx/Tx CHANNEL CONNECTION
PCB
1
1
506
FECII ASSY
5196503
FRONT END CONTROL ASSY
FOR ALL L5 Series
1
1
507
RDS ASSY
2299947-3
RECEIVE DELAY SUMMING
ASSY
2
1
508
CWDOP ASSY
2324742
STEERING CW DOPPLER
PROCESSIGN ASSY
1
1
509
ATD ASSY
2299948-6
FOR LOGIQ 5 EXPERT ONLY
1
1
510
HV ASSY
2324743-3
HIGH VOLTAGE
1
1
511
VIC CARD
2384747-5
FOR LOGIQ 5
1
1
512
TRANSBOX ASSY
5149733-2
TRANSBOX ASSY
1
1
513
PCI GRAPHIC CARD
5133284
PCI GRAPHIC CARD
1
1
Table 9-6
PCB BOARDS
Figure 9-7 PCB BOARDS
9 - 14
Section 9-9 - PCB BOARDS
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-10 PC BLOCK
600
602
601
603
Figure 9-8 PC BLOCK
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-10
Item
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PC BLOCK (cont’d)
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
L5 Pro BEP4 Assy
5196501-3
BEP4 PRO without Donggle
1
1
BT05 BEP4 Pro ASSY
5215177-2
BEP4 PRO without Donggle
1
1
601
BEP POWER SUPPLY ASSY
2408671-2
NIPRON ATX SMPS
(BEP2,BEP3,BT05 BEP3)
1
1
602
HARD DISK
2299980-3
Segate 80GB 7200RPM
1
1
CD R/W
2399547-2
CD R/W DRIVE Sony CRX 230E
1
1
DVD R/W
5149079-2
DVD R/W Driver
1
1
PC2IP CARD
2407863
Exp: Below product R3.0.0
BT03(Not included), Pro:below
R2.1.1(Not included)
1
1
PC2IP II CARD
5136228
Exp:R3.0.0 BT03
onwards(Included), Pro:R2.1.1
onwards(Included)
1
1
605
PC2IP III
5196502
PC2IP III + VIC to PC2IPIII Cable
1
1
606
ATX SMPS ASSY (BEP2, BEP Pro)
2408617-2
NIPRON UPS ATX POWER
SUPPLY
1
1
BT04 Software CD SET (BASE+APP)
For LOGIQ 5
2409453-6
1
1
BT04 Software CD SET (BASE+APP)
For LOGIQ 5 PRO
2409454-6
1
1
BT04 Software CD SET (BASE+APP)
For LOGIQ 5 Expert
2409455-7
1
1
608
BT05 Software CD SET(BASE+APP)
5158953-7
609
L5PRO BT04 CD SET
5215332
1
1
610
PATCH SW CD
5124625-2
1
1
611
CPU P4 2.8GHz
5139691
1
1
612
Power Cable for Fan Assy
5122173
1
1
613
TX cable for DCWD
5122175
1
1
614
DCWD Connector Assy
5134852
1
1
600
603
604
607
Table 9-7
9 - 16
PC BLOCK
Section 9-10 - PC BLOCK
R2.2.4
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-11 POWER BLOCK
701
700
703
704
702
Figure 9-9 POWER BLOCK
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-11
Item
700
POWER BLOCK (cont’d)
Part Name
AC POWER ASSY
701
LV UNIT
702
JPC ASSY
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
2299962-5
AC POWER FOR JPN USA
1
2
2337036-5
AC POWER FOR EUROPE
1
2
2337037-5
AC POWER FOR KOR CHILE
1
2
2317354
LOW VOLTAGE REGULATOR
1
1
2409640
JPN, USA
1
2
2409642
EUR, KOR
1
2
703
TRANSFORMER
2317356
POWER TRANSFORMER
1
2
704
AC POWER BOX
2317357-2
METAL BOX AND CABLES 110V
1
2
704
AC POWER BOX
2392879-2
METAL BOX AND CABLES 220V
1
2
2317569
FOR 220V
1
2
705
FUSE SET
2337039
FOR 110V
1
2
706
HARDWARE SET
2331777
BOLT NUT SCREWS
1
2
707
Power Cord for 110v
2389073
110v
1
1
708
Power Cord for 220v
5308254
220v
1
1
709
Power Cord for China
2389074
Only China
1
1
710
Power Cord for Israel
5189985
1
1
711
Power Cord for Argentina
5189874
1
1
712
Power Code for Italy
5189619
1
1
713
Power Cord for Denmark
5189461
1
1
714
Power Cord for ANZ
5189439
1
1
715
Power Cord for UK/HK
5189398
1
1
716
Power Cord for Switzerland
5189311
1
1
717
Power Cord for India
5189127
1
1
718
L5 Power cord Clamp
5220510
2
1
Table 9-8
9 - 18
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
POWER BLOCK
Section 9-11 - POWER BLOCK
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 9-12
Options, Peripherals and Cables
Table 9-9
CABLES
Item
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
800
OP CABLE ASSY
2331742-2
BACK FRONT MULTI CABLE (1)
1
2
6
2
801
PC CABLE ASSY
2331743-3
REAR PANEL MULTI CABLE (1),
MODEM PC BOX RS232 CABLE
(1), STEREO SOUND CABLE (1),
,REAR PANEL ANALOGI CABLE
(1), VGA-VIC SIGNAL CABLE (1)
802
PCI CABLE
2363523-3
PC2IP CABLE only
5
3
2331744-4
DUMMY BRKT PWR CABLE (1),
REAR PANEL PWR CABLE(1), HV
PWR CABLE (1), LV DIGITAL PWR
CABLE(1), ATX PWR CABLE (1),
6
2
2356242-3
DUMMY BRKT PWR CABLE (1),
REAR PANEL PWR CABLE(1), HV
PWR CABLE (1), LV DIGITAL PWR
CABLE(1), ATX PWR CABLE
(1),220V FOR EUROPE
6
2
803
POWER CODE 110V FOR JAPAN
AND USA (1)
POWER CABLE ASSY
804
DIRECT USB CABLE
5150564
DIRECT USB CABLE
1
2
805
L5 Panasonic DVD Cable Assy
5172119
L5 Panasonic DVD Cable Assy
1
2
806
IDE CABLE ASSY
5133285
IDE CABLE ASSY
1
2
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Options, Peripherals and Cables (cont’d)
Table 9-10
Option SVC parts
Item
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
811
Fixture for BW Printer
2355253-4
OPTION FRU
1
2
812
Fixture for VCR/Color printer, Side
Pocket
2355254-2
OPTION FRU
1
2
813
Fixture for VCR/Color printer, Top
2355255-4
OPTION FRU
1
2
814
Cable set for BW Printer
2355256
OPTION FRU
1
2
815
Cable set Color Printer
2355257
OPTION FRU
1
2
816
Cable set VCR
2355258-2
OPTION FRU
1
2
817
MOD
2355259
OPTION FRU
1
2
818
ECG KIT(ECG+Installation Kit,excluding
ECG Cables)
2355260-2
OPTION FRU
1
2
819
Insite kit (Modem+Installation kit+SW)
2355261-2
OPTION FRU
1
2
820
Swivel Lock Option
2355262
OPTION FRU
1
2
821
CWD Kit
2380140
OPTION FRU
1
2
CWD Kit with ATD
2381944-2
OPTION FRU
1
2
CWD Kit without ATD
2381943
OPTION FRU
1
2
823
L5 BASIC KIT FOR BEP1
TO R2.1.0
5119823-2
3.5CS,7S, i12L supported. CHA,
CHI, B_Flow, CE and Report page
designer are not available. PIV
2GHz CPU included.
1
1
824
L5 BASIC KIT FOR BEP2
TO R2.1.0
5119824-2
3.5CS,7S, i12L supported. CHA,
CHI, B_Flow, CE and Report page
designer are not available .
1
1
825
L5 HORIZON KIT FOR BEP1
TO R3.0.0
5119825-5
All BT'03 HW + CPU included, CHI
and Report page designer are
included. The other SW option
needs to purchase separately.
1
1
826
L5 HORIZON KIT FOR BEP2
TO R3.0.0
5119826-5
All BT'03 HW included, CHI and
Report page designer are included.
The other SW option needs to
purchase separately
1
1
827
L5 HORIZON KIT FOR BASIC
TO R 3.0.0
5119827-5
Upkit for user who had upgraded
with Basic kit, H41342LL or
H41342LM.
1
1
828
UP-897MD BW Printer
5181336
1
1
829
UP-D897MD Digital BW Printer
5181066
1
1
830
FOOT SWITCH
5121852
1
1
831
USB VGA MODULE
5136225
1
1
832
Additional Probe Port
5224376
1
1
822
9 - 20
Section 9-12 - Options, Peripherals and Cables
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-12
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Options, Peripherals and Cables (cont’d)
Table 9-11
Probes
Item
Part Name
Part Number
Description
Qty
FRU
1
3C PROBE (EXP)
2286354
PROBE
1
1
2
3.5C PROBE (EXP)
2296158
PROBE
1
1
3
5C PROBE (EXP)
2294516
PROBE
1
1
4
E8C PROBE (EXP)
2294641
PROBE
1
1
5
10L PROBE (EXP)
2294523
PROBE
1
1
6
12L PROBE (EXP)
2295377
PROBE
1
1
7
3S PROBE(EXP) T3308LZ
2250695
PROBE
1
1
8
8C PROBE
H40412LJ
PROBE
1
1
9
7L PROBE
H41402LF
PROBE
1
1
10
10S PROBE
H4901PC
PROBE
1
1
11
2D PROBE
H4830JE
PROBE
1
1
12
6D PROBE
H4830JG
PROBE
1
1
13
3.5CS PROBE
H40412LK
PROBE
1
1
14
7S PROBE
H40422LB
PROBE
1
1
15
BE9C PROBE
H79272NL
PROBE
1
1
16
i12L PROBE
H4012L
PROBE
1
1
Chapter 9 Renewal Parts
9 - 21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
Section 9-12
Options, Peripherals and Cables (cont’d)
Table 9-12
9 - 22
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
PERIPHERALS
Item
Part Name
Part Number
900
SONY UP-895MDW
Local
901
SONY UP-D895MD
2358588
902
MITSUBISHI P91W
903
Description
Qty
FRU
1
2
1
2
Local
1
2
MITSUBISHI P91E
Local
1
2
904
SONY UP-2900MD
Local
1
2
905
SONY UP-21MD
2351318
H4902TW
1
1
906
SONY UP-D21MD
2358449
H4901TP
1
1
907
SONY UP-51MD
Local
1
2
908
MITSUBISHI CP-900UM
2334371
1
2
909
MITSUBISHI CP-900E
Local
1
2
910
SONY SVO-9500MD
Local
1
2
911
SONY SVO-9500MDP
Local
1
2
912
PANASONIC AGM-MD835P
Local
1
2
913
PANASONIC AGM-MD835E
Local
1
2
914
ECG CABLE
Local
1
2
915
PCG MICROPHONE
Local
1
2
916
MITSUBISHI P91D
Local
1
2
917
SONY UP-D21MD
2358449
H4901TP
1
2
918
SONY UP-D23MD
2401985
H4903JT
1
2
919
MITSUBISHI CP-900D
Local
1
2
911
DVR Video Recorder
5120592
1
1
H4141PR
H5000MB
Panasonic LQ-MD800P
DVR Video Recorder
Section 9-12 - Options, Peripherals and Cables
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chapter 10
Care & Maintenance
Section 10-1
Overview
10-1-1
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
It has been determined by engineering that your LOGIQ™ 5 system does not have any high wear
components that fail with use, therefore no Periodic Maintenance Inspections are mandatory. Some
Customers Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and or inspections at a different
frequency than listed in this manual.
10-1-2
Purpose of Chapter 10
This chapter describes Care & Maintenance on the scanner and peripherals. These procedures are
intended to maintain the quality of the ultrasound systems performance. Read this chapter
completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before performing a task.
Table 10-1
Contents in Chapter 10
Section
Description
Page Number
10-1
Overview
10-1
10-2
Why do Maintenance
10-2
10-3
Maintenance Task Schedule
10-2
10-4
Tools Required
10-4
10-5
System Maintenance
10-5
10-6
Using a Phantom
10-10
10-7
Electrical Safety Tests
10-10
10-8
When There's Too Much Leakage Current...
10-22
Ultrasound INSPECTION Certificate
10-23
CAUTION Practice good ESD prevention. Wear an anti–static strap when handling electronic parts and
even when disconnecting/connecting cables.
DANGER
THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE, THE AC DISTRIBUTION,
AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS. BE SURE TO DISCONNECT
THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND OPEN THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS. BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS
STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED.
CAUTION Do not pull out or insert circuit boards while power is ON.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-1
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
CAUTION Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. System
performance and cooling require this.
Section 10-2
Why do Maintenance
10-2-1
Keeping Records
It is good business practice that ultrasound facilities maintain records of quality checks and corrective
maintenance. The Ultrasound Inspection Certificate (provided on page 10-23) provides the customer
with documentation that the ultrasound scanner is maintained on a periodic basis.
A copy of the Ultrasound Periodic Maintenance Inspection Certificate should be kept in the same room
or near the scanner.
10-2-2
Quality Assurance
In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology (USA), it
is the customer’s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each scanner. The
program must be directed by a medical physicists, the supervising radiologist/physician or appropriate
designee.
Routine quality control testing must occur regularly. The same tests are performed during each period
so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken.
Testing results, corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and
maintained on the site.
Your GE service representative can help you with establishing, performing and maintaining records for
a quality assurance program. Please contact us for coverage information and/or price for service.
Section 10-3
Maintenance Task Schedule
10-3-1
How often should care & maintenance tasks be performed?
The Care & Maintenance Task Schedule (provided on page 10-3) specifies how often your LOGIQ™ 5
should be serviced and outlines items requiring special attention.
NOTE:
It is the customer’s responsibility to ensure the LOGIQ™ 5 care & maintenance is performed
as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety, dependability and performance.
Your GE Service Representative has an in-depth knowledge of your LOGIQ™ 5 ultrasound scanning
system and can best provide competent, efficient service. Please contact us for coverage information
and/or price for service.
The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Care & Maintenance Task Schedule
assumes that you use your LOGIQ™ 5 for an average patient load (10-12 per day) and not use it as a
primary mobile unit which is transported between diagnostic facilities.
NOTE:
10-2
If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load, then it is recommended to
increase the maintenance frequencies.
Section 10-2 - Why do Maintenance
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Table 10-2 Customer Care Schedule
Service at Indicated Time
Daily
Per Facilities
Monthly Quarterly QA Program
•*
•
Clean Probes
Clean Probe Holders
Notes
* or before each use
more frequently depending on
your environment
•
Clean Air Filter
Clean Monitor and Touch Panel
•
•
•
•
Inspect Wheels, Casters, brakes and
Swivel Locks
•
Mobile Unit Check Daily
Check Control Panel Movement
•
Mobile Unit Check Daily
Inspect AC Mains Cable
Inspect Cables and Connectors
Clean Console
Mobile Unit Check Weekly
Console Leakage Current Checks
•
also after corrective
maintenance
Peripheral Leakage Current Checks
•
also after corrective
maintenance
Surface Probe Leakage Current Checks
•
also after corrective
maintenance
•
also after corrective
maintenance
•
also after corrective
maintenance
•
also after corrective
maintenance
Measurement Accuracy Checks
•
also after corrective
maintenance
Probe/Phantom Checks
•
also after corrective
maintenance
Functional Checks
•
also after corrective
maintenance
Endocavity Probe Leakage
Current Checks
Transesphongeal Probe Leakage
Current Checks
Surgical Probe Leakage
Current Checks
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-3
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-4
Tools Required
10-4-1
10-4-1-1
Special Tools, Supplies and Equipment
Specific Requirements for Care & Maintenance
Table 10-3
Overview of Requirements for Care & Maintenance
Tool
Part Number
Comments
46–194427P231
46–194427P279
Kit includes anti–static mat, wrist strap and cables for 200 to 240
V system
46–194427P369
3M #2204 Large adjustable wrist strap
46–194427P373
3M #2214 Small adjustable wrist strap
46–194427P370
3M #3051 conductive ground cord
46–194427P278
120V
46–194427P279
230V
Digital Volt Meter (DVM)
Anti Static Kit
Anti Static Vacuum Cleaner
Air Filter
Section 9-18
Safety Analyzer
46–285652G1
SVHS VCR Cassette
DALE 600 KIT (or equivalent) for electrical tests
E7010GG
60 minute
E7010GF
120 minute
SVHS VCR Head Cleaner
3.5” MOD MEDIA
air intake
See VCR user manual for requirements
E8381AA
blank 128 M disk
E8381AB
blank 230 M disk
2117811
cleans the diskettes
5.25” MOD Media
3.5” MOD Media Cleaner
5.25” MOD Media Cleaner
3.5” MOD Head Cleaner Kit
cleans the diskettes
2148392
5.25” MOD Head Cleaner Kit
QIQ Phantom
CD-RW Media
cleans the drive heads
cleans the drive heads
E8370RB
RMI Grayscale Target Model 403GS
For LOGIQ™ 5
B/W Printer Cleaning Sheet
See printer user manual for requirements
Color Printer Cleaning Sheet
See printer user manual for requirements
Disposable Gloves
10-4
Section 10-4 - Tools Required
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-5
System Maintenance
10-5-1
Preliminary Checks
The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform. Refer to the system user documentation
whenever necessary.
Table 10-4
System Checks
Step
Item
Description
1
Ask & Listen
2
Paperwork
Fill in the top of the Ultrasound Inspection Certificate (see page 23). Note all probes and system
options.
3
Power up
Turn the system power on and verify that all fans and peripherals turn on. Watch the displays during
power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed.
4
Probes
Verify that the system properly recognizes all probes.
5
Displays
Verify proper display on the monitor and touch panel.
6
Presets
Backup all customer presets on an CD-RW.
Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-5
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-5-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Functional Checks (See Also Chapter 4)
The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform. Refer to the system user documentation
whenever necessary.
10-5-2-1
System Checks
Table 10-5
Chec
k
System Functional Checks
Step
Description
B-Mode
Verify basic B-Mode (2D) operation. Check the basic system controls that affect this mode
of operation.
CF-Mode
Verify basic CF-Mode (Color Flow Mode) operation. Check the basic system controls that
affect this mode of operation.
Doppler Modes
Verify basic Doppler operation (PW and CW if available). Check the basic system controls
that affect this mode of operation.
Verify basic M-Mode operation. Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of
operation.
M-Mode
*Applicable Software
Options
Verify the basic operation of all optional modes such as Multi-Image, 3D, Contrast,
Harmonics, Cine, Stress Echo,... etc. Check the basic system controls that affect each
options operation.
Xmit/Recv Elements
Use the Visual Channel Utility on the 10L probe to verify that all system xmit/recv channels
are functional.
Keyboard Test
Monitor
Touch Panel
Measurements
NOTE:
10-6
Perform the Keyboard Test Procedure to verify that all keyboard controls are OK.
Verify basic Monitor display functions. Refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual.
Verify basic Touch Panel display functions. Refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual.
Scan a gray scale phantom and use the measurement controls to verify distance and area
calculation accuracy. Refer to the User Manual, Chapter 18, for measurement accuracy
specifications.
* Some software may be considered standard depending upon system model configuration.
Section 10-5 - System Maintenance
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-5-2-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Peripheral/Option Checks
If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration, the check can be omitted. Refer
to the User Manual for a list of approved peripherals/options.
Table 10-6
10-5-3
10-5-3-1
Step
Item
1
VCR
Verify record/playback capabilities of the VCR. Clean heads and covers if necessary.
B/W Printer Verify hardcopy output of the B/W video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.
3
Color Printer Verify hardcopy output of the Color video page printer. Clean heads and covers if necessary.
4
DICOM
5
InSite/iLinq
6
Camera
7
Footswitch
8
ECG
Verify that DICOM is functioning properly. Send an image to a DICOM device.
Verify that InSite is functioning properly. Ensure two-way remote communications.
(Warranty & Contract Customers only)
Verify hardcopy output of the film camera. Clean as necessary.
Verify that the footswitch is functioning as programed. Clean as necessary.
Verify basic operation with customer
Input Power
Mains Cable Inspection
Step
1
10-5-4-1
Description
2
Table 10-7
10-5-4
GE Approved Peripheral/Hardware Option Functional Checks
Mains Cable Inspection
Item
Description
Unplug Cord Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and system.
2
Inspect
3
Verify
Verify that the LINE, NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals, and that no
strands may cause a short circuit.
4
Verify
Inlet connector retainer is functional.
Inspect it and its connectors for damage of any kind.
Cleaning
General Cleaning
Table 10-8
General Cleaning
Step
Item
1
Console
2
Description
Use a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft, damp cloth to carefully wipe the entire system. Be careful
not to get the cloth too wet so that moisture does not enter the console.
Probe Holder Clean probe holders (they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel).
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-7
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-5-4-2
Air Filter Cleaning
Table 10-9
NOTE:
10-5-5
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Air Filter Cleaning - frequency varies with your environment
Step
Item
Description
1
Remove Filter
Cover
2
Clean Filter
The filters can be cleaned in sprinkling water, or they can be dusted with a vacuum cleaner. If the filter
is metal wash and/or vacuum. If the filter is fiber or plastic vacuum or replace.
3
Install Filter
Install the clean filter.
Refer to Chapter 8 for air filter location and removal instructions.
For your convenience or of the air filter is too dirty, replacement filters are available. Refer to
Chapter 9 for the air filter replacement part number.
Physical Inspection
Table 10-10 Physical Checks
Step
Item
1
Labeling
2
Verify that all system labeling is present and in readable condition. Refer to the LOGIQ™ 5 User
Manual for details.
Scratches & Dents Inspect the console for dents, scratches or cracks.
3
Control Panel
Inspect keyboard and control panel. Note any damaged or missing items.
4
Control Panel
Movement
Verify ease of control panel (Operator I/O Panel) movement in all acceptable directions. Ensure that
it latches in position as required.
5
10-8
Description
Wheels & Brakes Check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake, to stop the unit from moving,
and release mechanism. Check all caster locks and caster swivel locks for proper operation.
6
Cables &
Connectors
Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating. Pay
special attention to footswitch assembly and probe strain or bend reliefs.
7
Shielding &
Covers
Check to ensure that all EMI shielding, internal covers, air flow panels and screws are in place.
Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI/RFI problems while scanning.
8
External I/O
Check all connectors for damage and verify that the labeling is good.
9
Op Panel Lights
10
Monitor Light
Check for proper operation of any monitor lights if available.
11
External
Microphone
Check for proper operation of any external microphones by recording an audio test.
Check for proper operation of all operator panel and TGC lights.
Section 10-5 - System Maintenance
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-5-6
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Optional Diagnostic Checks
Optionally you can access the diagnostic software as described in Chapters 5 or 7. View the error logs
and run desired diagnostics.
10-5-6-1
View the Logs
1.) Review the system error log for any problems.
2.) Check the temperature log to see if there are any trends that could cause problems in the future.
3.) Check the Configuration Log; update if needed.
10-5-7
10-5-7-1
Probe Maintenance
Probe Related Checks
Table 10-11 Probe Related Checks
10-5-7-2
Step
Item
1
Probe Holder
2
Probes
Description
Clean probe holders (they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel).
Thoroughly check the system probe connectors and remove dust from inside the connector sockets
if necessary. Visually check for bent, damaged or missing pins
Basic Probe Care
The system user manuals and various probe handling cards provide a complete description of probe
care, maintenance, cleaning and disinfection. Ensure that you are completely familiar with the proper
care of GE probes.
Ultrasound probes can be easily damaged by improper handling. See the User Manual and probe care
cards for more details. Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment
damage. Failure to properly handle or maintain a probe may also void its warranty.
Any evidence of wear indicates the probe cannot be used.
Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets before plugging in a probe.
TEE and Interoperative probes often have special considerations and individual probe user manuals.
For TEE and Interoperative probes also refer to their separate user manuals.
10-5-7-3
Basic Probe Cleaning
Refer to the User’s Manual for details on probe cleaning.
NOTE:
To help protect yourself from blood borne diseases, wear approved disposable gloves. These are made
of nitrile derived from vegetable starch to prevent allergic latex reactions.
NOTE:
Failure to follow the prescribed cleaning or disinfection procedures will void the probe’s
warranty. DO NOT soak or wipe the lens with any product not listed in the User Manual. Doing
so could result in irreparable damage to the probe. Follow care instructions that came with the
probe.
NOTE:
Disinfect a defective probe before you return it. Be sure to tag the probe as being disinfected.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-9
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-6
Using a Phantom
See the Basic User Manual “Customer Maintenance” for information on using a phantom and quality
assurance tests.
Section 10-7
Electrical Safety Tests
10-7-1
Safety Test Overview
The electrical safety tests in this section are based on and conform to NFPA 99 (For USA) and IEC
60601-1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards. They are intended for the electrical safety evaluation of
cord-connected, electrically operated, patient care equipment. If additional information is needed, refer
to the NFPA 99 (For USA) and IEC 60601-1 documents.
WARNING
THE USER MUST ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS ARE PERFORMED AT
LEAST EVERY 12 MONTHS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PATIENT
SAFETY STANDARD IEC-EN 60601-1. ONLY TRAINED PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO
PERFORM THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS MENTIONED ABOVE.
CAUTION To avoid electrical shock, the unit under test must not be connected to other electrical
equipment. Remove all interconnecting cables and wires. The unit under test must not be
contacted by users or patients while performing these tests.
CAUTION Possible risk of infection. Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components
that have been in patient contact. Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures
before handling the equipment.
Test the system, peripherals and probes for leakage current. Excessive leakage current can cause
injury or death in sensitive patients. High leakage current can also indicate degradation of insulation and
a potential for electrical failure. Do not use probes or equipment having excessive leakage current.
To minimize the risk that a probe may shock someone the customer should:
10-10
•
Not use a probe that is cracked or damaged in any way
•
Check probe leakage current:
*
Based on your facilities QA program for surface probes
*
Based on your facilities QA program for endocavitary probes
*
whenever probe damage is suspected
Section 10-6 - Using a Phantom
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
GEMS Leakage Current Limits
The following limits are summarized for NFPA 99 (For USA) and IEC 60601-1 Medical Equipment
Safety Standards. These limits are GEMS standards and in some cases are lower than the above
standards listed.
Table 10-12 Chassis Leakage Current Limits—Accessible Metal Surfaces
Country
Normal Condition
Open Ground
Reverse Polarity
Open Neutral
USA
N/A
0.3 mA
0.3 mA
N/A
Other
0.1 mA
0.5 mA
0.5 mA
0.5 mA
Table 10-13 Type BF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits - Non-Conductive (Floating) Surface
and Cavity Probes
Country
Normal
Condition
Open Ground
Reverse Polarity
Open Neutral
*Mains Applied
USA
0.05 mA
0.05 mA
0.05 mA
0.05 mA
N/A
Other
0.1 mA
0.5 mA
0.5 mA
0.5 mA
5.0 mA
Table 10-14 Type CF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits - Surgical Probes and ECG
Connections
NOTE:
Country
Normal
Condition
Open Ground
Reverse Polarity
Open Neutral
*Mains Applied
USA
0.01 mA
0.05mA
0.05 mA
N/A
0.025 mA
Other
0.01 mA
0.05 mA
0.05 mA
0.05 mA
0.05 mA
*Mains Applied refers to the sink leakage test where mains (supply) voltage is applied to the
part to determine the amount of current that will pass (or sink) to ground if a patient contacted
mains voltage.
The following tests are performed at the factory and should be performed at the site. These tests are:
grounding continuity, chassis leakage current, probe leakage current, and ECG leakage current. All
measurements are made with an electrical safety analyzer.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-11
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada
Test all outlets in the area for proper grounding and wiring arrangement by plugging in the neon outlet
tester and noting the combination of lights that are illuminated. Any problems found should be reported
to the hospital immediately and the receptacle should not be used.
Figure 10-1 Typical Outlet Tester
NOTE:
10-7-4
No outlet tester can detect the condition where the Neutral (grounded supply) conductor and the
Grounding (protective earth) conductor are reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this
should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.
Grounding Continuity
CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard. The patient must not be contacted to the equipment during this test
Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed metal parts of the case.
The ground wire resistance should be less than 0.2 ohms. Reference the procedure in the IEC 601-1.1.
Figure 10-2 Ground Continuity Test
10-12
Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-4-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Meter Procedure
Follow these steps to test the ground wire resistance.
1.) Turn the LOGIQ™ 5 unit OFF.
2.) Plug the unit into the meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.
3.) Plug the black chassis cable into the meter's “CHASSIS” connector and attach the black chassis
cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ™ 5 unit.
4.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to the RESISTANCE position.
5.) Set the meter's “POLARITY” switch to the OFF (center) position.
6.) Measure and record the ground wire resistance.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-13
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-5
10-7-5-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Chassis Leakage Current Test
Definition
This test measures the current that would flow in a grounded person who touched accessible metal
parts of the bedside station if the ground wire should break. The test verifies the isolation of the power
line from the chassis. The meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground.
Measurements should be made with the unit On and Off, with the power line polarity Normal and
Reversed. Record the highest reading.
.
CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard. When the meter's ground switch is OPEN, don't touch the unit!
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged.
10-7-5-2
Generic Procedure
The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis. The testing meter is connected from
accessible metal parts of the case to ground. Measurements should be made with the unit ON and OFF,
with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed. Record the highest reading of current.
Figure 10-3 Set Up for Chassis Source Leakage Current,
IEC 601-1 Clause 19 - Continuos Leakage Currents and
Patient, Auxiliary Currents
When using the Microguard or a similar test instrument, its power plug may be inserted into the wall
outlet and the equipment under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter. This places
the meter in the grounding conductor and the current flowing from the case to ground will be indicated
in any of the current ranges. The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in
Table 10-12.
10-14
Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
7.) Follow the test conditions described for respective test points shown in Table 10-15.
Table 10-15 Chassis Leakage Current Test Condition
TEST
CONDITION
1
Mounting screw for probe receptacle
2
caster support
3
Mounting screw for CRT housing
4
Mounting screw for peripheral plugged into unit
5
Mounting screw for other peripheral powered by unit
8.) Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of PM data kept on site.
10-7-5-3
Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current
The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in Table 10-12. Record all data
on the PM Inspection Certificate.
Table 10-16 Typical Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current
Unit Power
Tester Polarity
Switch
Tester Neutral
Test 1
or Ground
Probe
Switch
Connector
Test 2
caster
Test 3
CRT
Optional
Test 4
Optional
Test 5
Enter Name of tested peripheral here:
10-7-6
10-7-6-1
ON
NORM
OPEN
ON
NORM
CLOSED
ON
REV
OPEN
ON
REV
CLOSED
OFF
NORM
OPEN
OFF
NORM
CLOSED
OFF
REV
OPEN
OFF
REV
CLOSED
Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Ground
Definition
This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads. The
meter simulates a patient who is connected to the monitoring equipment and is grounded by touching
some other grounded surface. Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with
power line polarity normal and reversed, and with the ultrasound console Off and On. For each
combination the operating controls, such as the lead switch, should be operated to find the worst case
condition.
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity when the unit is powered ON. Be sure
to turn the unit power OFF before switching the polarity using the POLARITY switch. Otherwise,
the unit may be damaged.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-15
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-6-2
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Generic Procedure
Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and
reversed, and with the unit Off and On. For each combination, the operating controls such as the lead
switch should be operated to find the worst case condition.
The connection is at service entrance
or on the supply side of a separately
derived system
Appliance power switch
(use both "off" and "on" positions)
Patient lead selector switch (if any)
(activated as required)
Polarity reversing switch
(use both positions)
Patient connected leads
Appliance
H (Black)
H
POWER
OUTLET
N
N (White)
Internal
circuitry
G
Between each patient
lead and ground
G (Green)
Insulating surface
Building
ground
Grounding contact switch (use in both
"open" and "closed" positions)
Current meter
H = Hot
N = Neutral (grounded)
G = Grounding conductor
Figure 10-4 Test Circuit for Measuring Non-Isolated
Patient Leads
Table 10-17 Testing Power Conditions
10-7-7
ECG Power
Meter’s Polarity Switch
Meter’s Neutral Switch
ON
NORM
CLOSED
ON
NORM
OPEN
ON
REVERSE
CLOSED
ON
REVERSE
OPEN
OFF
NORM
CLOSED
OFF
NORM
OPEN
OFF
REVERSE
CLOSED
OFF
REVERSE
OPEN
Isolated Patient Lead (Source) Leakage–Lead to Lead
Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1. When using the Dale 600, switch the meter’s function
selector to the LEAD-LEAD position. Select and test each of the five ECG lead positions (except ALL)
on the LEAD selector, testing each to the power condition combinations found in the table. Record the
highest leakage current measured.
10-7-8
Isolated Patient Lead (Sink) Leakage-Isolation Test
Reference the procedure in the IEC 60601-1. When using the Dale 600, switch the meter’s function
selector to the LEAD-ISO. Select the ALL position on the lead selector. Depress the rocker switch to
ISO TEST to test lead isolation.
10-16
Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
CAUTION Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test. To avoid possible electric shock
hazard, the system being tested must not be touched by patients, users or anyone while the ISO
TEST switch is depressed.
NOTE:
It is not necessary to test each lead individually or power condition combinations as required in
previous tests.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-17
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-8-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current
The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in the table below. Record all
data on the PM Inspection Certificate.
Table 10-18 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current
Maximum
Allowance Limit
Patient Lead to Ground Leakage Current Test
AC Power
Source
GROUND OPEN
GROUND
CLOSED
115V
10uA
10uA
220/240V
500uA
10uA
and
Patient Lead to Lead Leakage Current Test
Table 10-19 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current
AC Power
Source
Maximum
Allowance Limit
115V
20uA
220/240V
5mA
Patient Lead Isolation Current Test
Table 10-20 Typical Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current
10-18
ECG
Power
Tester
Polarity
Switch
Tester
Ground
Switch
ON
NORM
CLOSED
ON
REVERSE
CLOSED
ON
NORM
OPEN
ON
REVERSE
OPEN
OFF
NORM
CLOSED
OFF
REVERSE
CLOSED
OFF
NORM
OPEN
OFF
REVERSE
OPEN
Tester Lead Selector
RL
RA
Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests
LA
LL
C
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-9
10-7-9-1
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Probe Leakage Current Test
Definition
This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who
is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface.
10-7-9-2
Generic Procedure
Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed, with power line polarity normal and
reversed, and with the unit Off and On. For each combination, the probe must be active to find the worst
case condition.
POLARITY REVERSING SWITCH
H (BLACK)
PROBE
CONSOLE
POWER
OUTLET
N (WHITE)
G (GREEN)
MOMENTARY
SWITCH
LEAKAGE TEST
METER
Figure 10-5 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current
NOTE:
Each probe will have some amount of leakage current, dependent on its design. Small variations in
probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from differences in
line voltage and test lead placement.
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-19
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-9-3
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
No Meter Probe Adapter Procedure
Figure 10-6 Check Without Probe Adapter
Follow these steps to test each transducer for leakage current.
1.) Turn the LOGIQ™ 5 unit OFF.
2.) Plug the unit into the test meter, and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet.
3.) Plug the external probe into the meter's “EXTERNAL” connector.
4.) Set the meter's “FUNCTION” switch to EXTERNAL position.
5.) Connect the probe for test with the connector of the console.
6.) Add the saline probe and the imaging area of the probe into the saline bath.
7.) Have unit power ON for the first part; turn it OFF for the second half.
8.) Depress the ISO TEST rocker switch and record the highest current reading.
9.) Follow the test conditions described in Table 10-21 for every transducer.
10.)Keep a record of the results with other hand copies of PM data.
10-20
Section 10-7 - Electrical Safety Tests
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
10-7-9-4
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Data Sheet for Transducer Source Leakage Current
The test passes when all readings measure less than the values shown in Table 10-13 and Table 1014. Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate.
CAUTION Equipment damage possibility. Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit
is powered ON. Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY
switch and/or the NEUTRAL switch. Otherwise, the unit may be damaged
.
Table 10-21 Typical Data Sheet For Transducer Source Leakage Current
Transducer Tested:
Unit Power
Tester Power Polarity
Switch
Tester GROUND or
NEUTRAL Switch
ON
NORM
OPEN
ON
NORM
CLOSED
ON
REV
OPEN
ON
REV
CLOSED
OFF
NORM
OPEN
OFF
NORM
CLOSED
OFF
REV
OPEN
OFF
REV
CLOSED
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
Measurement
10-21
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
Section 10-8
When There's Too Much Leakage Current...
CHASSIS FAILS
Check the ground on the power cord and plug for continuity. Ensure the ground is not broken, frayed,
or intermittent. Replace any defective part.
Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.
Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.
Test the wall outlet; verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities. Notify the user or
owner to correct any deviations. As a work around, check the other outlets to see if they could be used
instead.
NOTE:
No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding
wire are reversed. If later tests indicate high leakage currents, this should be suspected as a
possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected.
PROBE FAILS
Test the probe in another connector to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the scanner.
NOTE:
Each probe will have some amount of leakage, dependent on its design. Small variations in
probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe. Other variations will result from
differences in line voltage and test lead placement. The maximum allowable leakage current for
body surface contact probe differs from inter-cavity probe. Be sure to enter the correct probe
type in the appropriate space on the check list.
If excessive leakage current is slot dependent, inspect the system connector for bent pins, poor
connections, and ground continuity.
If the problem remains with the probe, replace the probe.
PERIPHERAL FAILS
Tighten all grounds. Ensure star washers are under all ground studs.
Inspect wiring for bad crimps, poor connections, or damage.
STILL FAILS
If all else fails, begin isolation by removing the probes, external peripherals, then the on board ones,
one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement.
NEW UNIT
If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new unit and if situation can not be corrected, submit
a Safety Failure Report to document the system problem. Remove unit from operation.
ECG FAILS
Inspect cables for damage or poor connections.
10-22
Section 10-8 - When There's Too Much Leakage Current...
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ULTRASOUND INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
Customer Name:
System ID:
Dispatch Number / Date Performed:
Warranty/Contract/HBS
System Type
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Manufacture Date:
Probe 1:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 2:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 3:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 4:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 5:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 6:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 7:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 8:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Probe 9:
Frequency:
Scan Format*:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
* Scan Format: Phased Array, Linear Array, Curved Array, Mechanical Array or Other
FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
Functional Check (if applicable)
PHYSICAL INSPECTION AND CLEANING
OK? or
N/A
Physical Inspection and Cleaning
(if applicable)
B-Mode Function
Console
Doppler Modes Function
Monitor
CF-Mode Function
Touch Panel
M-Mode Function
Air Filter
Applicable Software Options
Probe Holders
Applicable Hardware Options
External I/O
Control Panel
Wheels, Brakes & Swivel Locks
Monitor
Cables and Connectors
Touch Panel
GE Approved Peripherals (VCR, CD-RW, MOD,
Printers)
Inspect
Clean
Measurement Accuracy
GE Approved Peripherals
COMMENTS:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Chapter 10 Care & Maintenance
10-23
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Electrical Test Performed
Max Value
Allowed
Value
Measured
OK?
Comments
OK?
Comments
Outlet (correct ground &wiring config.)
System Ground Continuity
Chassis Source Leakage Current - Probe
Chassis Source Leakage Current - Caster
Chassis Source Leakage Current - CRT
Patient Lead Source Leakage
(Lead to Ground)
Patient Lead Source Leakage
(Lead to Lead)
Patient Lead Source Leakage
(Isolation)
Peripheral 1 Leakage Current
Peripheral 1Ground Continuity
Peripheral 2 Leakage Current
Peripheral 2Ground Continuity
Peripheral 3 Leakage Current
Peripheral 3Ground Continuity
PROBES
Probe Number
(from previous page)
Max Value
Allowed
Max Value
Measured
Probe 1:
Probe 2:
Probe 3:
Probe 4:
Probe 5:
Probe 6:
Probe 7:
Probe 8:
Probe 9:
Final Check. All system covers are in place. System scans with all probes as expected.
Accepted by: ______________________________________________________________________
10-24
Section 10-8 - When There's Too Much Leakage Current...
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
INDEX
A
D
Abbreviations, 9-1
AC Box Assy, 8-50
AC Power, 5-12
AC Transformer, 8-56
Acoustic Noise Output, 3-8
Air Filter Cleaning, 10-8
Air Flow Control, 5-21
Archiving Presets, 4-10
Available Probes, 3-14
DC Power, 5-13
DDBF, 6-10
DICOM Network Function, 2-9
Dimensions, 3-7
Display platform Maneuverability check, 4-17
B
Back End Processor, 5-6
Backend Processor Checks, 4-16
Basic Measurements, 4-15
Block Diagrams, 5-2
Boards in the NEST Assy, 8-32
Boot Up, 4-2
Brake Function Adjustment, 6-4
Brakes and Direction Locks Checks, 4-19
E
ECG Checks, 4-16
Electrical Requirements, 2-3
Electrical Safety, 1-8
Electrical Safety Tests, 10-10
Electrical Specifications, 3-8
EMC, 1-12
EMI, 1-12
EMI Limitations, 2-4
Environmental Requirements, 2-2
Equipment, 10-4
Equipment Models, 9-2
ESD, 1-12
External I/O, 5-7
C
Cables, 9-16
Caster Link Assy, 8-66
Casters and Pedals, 9-5
CD-RW Drive, 4-6
CD-RW, MO, or ECG, 8-60
Chassis Leakage Current Test, 10-14
Cine, 4-15
Circuit Board Assemblies, 9-11
Circuit Breaker, 4-2
Common Service Platform, 5-16
CONN Box Assy, 8-36
Connecting Cables, 3-12
Console Requirements, 2-2
Contact Information, 1-13
Contrast and Brightness Adjustment, 6-6
Conventions, 1-3
CPU, 5-6
Customer Assistance, 1-13
A-1
F
Facility Needs, 2-6
FAN Assy, 8-54
Fans, 5-22
Front Cover, 8-6
Front End, 5-4
FRU Replacement Procedures, 8-18
Functional Checks, 4-15,, 10-6
Fuse, 8-34
G
General Cleaning, 10-7
General Procedure, 4-2
Global Service User Interface, 5-17
GSUI, 5-17
Index
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
INDEX
H
MOTHER Board, 8-46
Handle, 8-10
Hazard Icons, 1-4
HDD and Battery, 9-12
Human Safety, 1-7
HV Power, 5-14
HV Unit Assy, 8-48
O
I
iLinq, 5-16
Image Management, 4-15
Input Power, 10-7
Installation of Option Software, 8-81
Installation of Software, 8-71
Interconnect Cabling, 5-8
J
Jumper and Dip Switch Setting, 6-9
L
Label Locations, 1-9
Leakage Current Limits, 10-11
Loading Presets, 4-11
Lockout/Tagout Requirements, 4-14
Low Voltage, 5-13
LV Unit, 8-52
M
MDBRG, 6-11
MDCON Board, 8-46
Mechanical Safety, 1-7
Mid Processors, 5-5
MOD Drive, 4-7
Monitor, 8-18,, 9-4
Monitor Cover, 8-16
Monitor Shelf Assy, 8-22
Monitor Shelf Cover, 8-12
A-2
OP Panel and Keys, 9-10
Operation Panel Assy, 8-28
Operation Panel Bottom Cover, 8-14
Optional Peripherals, 3-11
Options, 9-16
Outlet Test, 10-12
P
Patient I/O (Option), 5-7
PC Box Assy, 8-38
Periodic Maintenance Schedule, 10-2
Peripheral Checks, 4-18
Peripheral Connection, 3-11
Peripheral/Option Checks, 10-7
Peripherals, 9-16
Phantom, 10-10
Physical Inspection, 10-8
Plastic Covers, 9-6
Plastic Kit Replacement, 8-2
Power Diagrams, 5-12
Power On, 4-2
Power On/Off Standby Switch, 4-3
Power Shutdown, 4-5
Power Supply Adjustments, 6-2
Power Units, 9-14
PREA, 6-9
Preliminary Checks, 10-5
Probe (Transducer) Connection, 3-8
Probe Connector Cleaning, 10-9
Probe Holder, 9-9
Probe Leakage Current Test, 10-20
Probe Maintenance, 10-9
Probe/Connectors Usage, 4-15
Probes, 9-17
Product Icons, 1-5
PROMP, 6-10
Index
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
INDEX
R
U
REAR CONN Assy, 8-45
Rear Cover, 8-4
Rear Panel, 5-7
Rear Panel Connector, 3-17
Recording Devices, 3-11,, 9-8
Required Features, 2-7
Requirements for Periodic Maintenance, 10-4
Restarting System, 4-5
Ultrasound Room Layout, 2-8
Unpacking the Equipment, 3-3
V
Video Specifications, 3-15
W
S
Safety, 1-7
SCSI ID Number, 4-12
Service Login, 5-17
Side Cover, 8-2
Software Configuration Checks, 4-17
Speaker Assy, 8-21
Special Tools, 10-4
Supplies, 10-4
Swivel Function Adjustment, 6-5
System Clock, 3-5
System Configuration, 3-9
System Features, 4-15
System Maintenance, 10-5
System Manufacture, 1-13
System Mode Checks, 4-15
System Settings, 3-9
System Specifications, 3-7
Weight, 3-8
When There's Too Much Leakage Current...,
10-23
T
Theory, 5-2
Top Console, 5-7
Top Cover, 8-8
Trackball Assy, 8-30
Transducers, 3-14
TRAP, 6-9
TX Power, 5-14
A-3
Index
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
DIRECTION 2380207, REVISION 7
LOGIQ™ 5 PRO SERVICE MANUAL
INDEX
A-4
Index